You are on page 1of 202

PUBLICATION NUMBER: 10515-0135-4300

MARCH 2001
Rev. D

Imaging and Data Products

RF-5710A
HF/LF MODEM

INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE
MANUAL

next level solutions

The material contained herein is subject to U.S. export approval.
No export or re-export is permitted without written approval from the U.S. Government.

LIMITED ONE YEAR WARRANTY
HARRIS CORPORATION (RF COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION)

FROM HARRIS TO YOU – This warranty is extended to the original buyer and applies to all Harris Corporation, RF
Communications Division equipment purchased and employed for the service normally intended, except those products
specifically excluded.

WHAT WE WILL DO – If your Harris Corporation, RF Communications Division equipment purchased from us for use outside the
United States fails in normal use because of a defect in workmanship or materials within one year from the date of shipment, we
will repair or replace (at our option) the equipment or part without charge to you, at our factory. If the product was purchased for
use in the United States, we will repair or replace (at our option) the equipment or part without charge to you at our Authorized Repair
Center or factory.

WHAT YOU MUST DO – You must notify us promptly of a defect within one year from date of shipment. Assuming that Harris
concurs that the complaint is valid, and is unable to correct the problem without having the equipment shipped to Harris:

• Customers with equipment purchased for use outside the United States will be supplied with information for the return
of the defective equipment or part to our factory in Rochester, NY, U.S.A., for repair or replacement. You must prepay
all transportation, insurance, duty and customs charges. We will pay for return to you of the repaired/replaced equipment
or part, C.I.F. destination; you must pay any duty, taxes or customs charges.

• Customers with equipment purchased for use in the United States must obtain a Return Authorization Number, properly
pack, insure, prepay the shipping charges and ship the defective equipment or part to our factory or to the Authorized
Warranty Repair Center indicated by us.

Harris Corporation Telephone: (716) 244-5830
RF Communications Division Fax: 716-242-4755
Customer Service http://www.harris.com
1680 University Avenue
Rochester, NY 14610, U.S.A.

Harris will repair or replace the defective equipment or part and pay for its return to you, provided the repair or replacement is due
to a cause covered by this warranty.

WHAT IS NOT COVERED – We regret that we cannot be responsible for:

• Defects or failures caused by buyer or user abuse or misuse.

• Defects or failures caused by unauthorized attempts to repair or alter the equipment in any way.

• Consequential damages incurred by a buyer or user from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to
transportation, non-Harris repair or service costs, downtime costs, costs for substituting equipment or loss of anticipated
profits or revenue.

• The performance of the equipment when used in combination with equipment not purchased from Harris.

• HARRIS MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES BEYOND THE EXPRESS WARRANTY AS CONTAINED HEREIN. ALL
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR MERCHANTABILITY ARE
EXCLUDED.

SERVICE WARRANTY – Any repair service performed by Harris under this limited warranty is warranted to be free from defects
in material or workmanship for sixty days from date of repair. All terms and exclusions of this limited warranty apply to the service
warranty.

IMPORTANT – Customers who purchased equipment for use in the United States must obtain a Return Authorization Number
before shipping the defective equipment to us. Failure to obtain a Return Authorization Number before shipment may result in a
delay in the repair/replacement and return of your equipment.

IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS – Concerning this warranty or equipment sales or services, please contact our Customer Service
Department.

PUBLICATION NUMBER: 10515-0135-4300
MARCH 2001
Rev. D

RF-5710A
HF/LF MODEM

The material contained herein is subject to U.S. export approval. No export or
re-export is permitted without written approval from the U.S. Government.

Information and descriptions contained herein are the property of Harris Corporation. Such information
and descriptions may not be copied or reproduced by any means, or disseminated or distributed without
the express prior written permission of Harris Corporation, RF Communications Division, 1680 University
Avenue, Rochester, New York 14610-1887.

Copyright  2001
By Harris Corporation
All Rights Reserved

HARRIS CORPORATION RF COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
1680 University Avenue Rochester, New York 14610-1887 USA
Tel: 716-244-5830. Fax: 716-242-4755. http://www.harris.com

4• Open Airway Tilt head back and lift 5• Check for Breathing Look. • Seal your lips tight around victim’s mouth. Performance of these techniques by uncertified personnel could result in further injury or death to the victim. If no breathing between pulse. ii . • Lift chin. 9• Begin Rescue Breathing Keep head tilted back.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM When an Adult Stops Breathing WARNING DO NOT attempt to perform the rescue breathing techniques provided on this page. • Pinch nose shut. begin CPR. For more information about these and other life–saving techniques. breaths. unless certified. listen. • Give 2 full breaths for 1 to 1-1/2 seconds each. not breathing. • Shout. 1• Does the Person Respond? Tap or gently shake 2• Shout. listen. for breathing for 3 to 5 seconds. phone for help. “Help!” Call people who can victim. 10 • Recheck Pulse Every Minute Keep head tilted back. • Give 1 full breath • If victim has pulse but is every 5 seconds. an ambulance. 7• Check for Pulse at Side of Neck Feel for pulse for 8• Phone for Help Send someone to call 5 to 10 seconds. and feel chin. “When Breathing Stops” reproduced with permission from an American Red Cross Poster. “Are you OK?” 3• Roll Person Onto Back Roll victim toward you by pulling slowly. 5 to 10 seconds. • Feel for pulse for • Pinch nose shut. and feel for rescue breathing. continue • Look. 6• Give 2 Full Breaths Keep head tilted back. contact your Red Cross chapter for training.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms Abbreviation Term A. Automated Data Terminal ADU Automatic Dialing Unit AF Audio Frequency AFC Automatic Frequency Control AFSK Audio Frequency Shift Keying A-G. AC Alternating Current ACE Advanced Crypto Engine A/D Analog-to-Digital ADC Analog-to-Digital Converter ADDR Address ADP Automated Data Processing ADT Administrative Delay Time. AMP Ampere(s) ac. A/G Air-to-Ground AGC Automatic Gain Control AIC Analog Interface Chip ALC Automatic Level Control ALE Automatic Link Establishment AMD Automatic Message Display AM Amplitude Modulation AME Amplitude Modulation Equivalent ANT Antenna ANTIVOX Voice-Operated Transmitter Key Inhibitor API Analog Phase Interpolation ARQ Automatic Repeat on Request ASI Analog Signal Interface ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange ASK Amplitude Shift Keying ATC Air Traffic Control ATE Automatic Test Equipment AUD Audio AUX Auxiliary iii .

Binary Decoder BER Bit Error Rate BFO Beat-Frequency Oscillator BIT Built-In Test BITE Built-In Test Equipment BPI Bits Per Inch bps Bits Per Second BPSK Binary Phase Shift Keying Btu British Thermal Unit BW Bandwidth CARC Chemical Agent Resistive Coating CB Circuit Breaker CBIT Continuous Built-In Test CCW Counterclockwise CDR Critical Design Review CDRL Contract Data Requirements List CFE Contractor-Furnished Equipment CH. Binary Counter BCD Binary-Coded Decimal BD Baud.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term AVS Analog Voice Security AWG American Wire Gauge B/A Buffer Amplifier BC Broadcast. CHAN Channel CI Configuration Item CKT Circuit cm Centimeter CMOS Complimentary-Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor CNTL Control CODEC Coder-Decoder CPU Central Processing Unit CR Carriage Return CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check CRT Cathode Ray Tube iv .

DC Direct Current DCD Data Carrier Detect DE Data Encryption Demod Demodulated Diff Differential Dip. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term CSM Crypto Synch Message CSMA Carrier Sense Media Access CTRL Control CTS Clear to Send CW Continuous Wave. Single Throw DSP Digital Signal Processor DSR Data Set Ready DTL Diode Transistor Logic DTM Data Text Message DV Digitized Voice DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency DTR Data Terminal Ready DUART Dual Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter DUSART Dual Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter DVM Digital Voltmeter v . DIP Dual In-Line Package DMM Digital Multimeter DP Double Pole DPDT Double Pole. Clockwise D/A Digital-to-Analog DAC Digital-to-Analog Converter DAM Direct Access Memory dB Decibel(s) dBm Decibels referenced to 1 milliwatt dc. Double Throw D8PSK Differential Eight Phase Shift Keying DPRAM Dual-Port RAM DPST Double Pole.

GND Ground GPIB General Purpose Interface Bus GPS Global Positioning System HD Half Duplex HDCP Harris Data Communications Protocol HF High Frequency HSS High-Speed Synchronizer vi . Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory E2PROM EMI Electromagnetic Interference EOM End of Message EPROM Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory ESD Electrostatic Discharge FCC Federal Communications Commission FD Full Duplex FEC Forward Error Correction FET Field-Effect Transistor F/F Flip-Flop FFT Fast Fourier Transform FH Frequency Hopping FOC Frequency Offset Carriers FSK Frequency Shift Keying F/W. G/A Ground-to-Air GF Government (or customer) Furnished GFE Government-Furnished Equipment Gnd.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term DVOM Digital Volt-Ohm Meter EAL External Audio Level EAM Embedded Adaptive Module EAROM Electronically Alterable Read Only Memory ECM Electronic Counter Measure ECCM Electronic Counter-Counter Measure EEPROM. FW Firmware G-A.

O. Local Oscillator vii . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term HSSB High-Speed Serial Bus HWCI Hardware Configuration Item Hz Hertz IC Integrated Circuit ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization ID Identification IDF Intermediate Distribution Frame IF Intermediate Frequency INT Interrupt INTLK Interlock INTR Interrupt I/O Input/Output ISB Independent Sideband J Joules k Kilo (thousand) kbyte Kilobyte kHz Kilohertz km Kilometer(s) kV Kilovolt(s) kVA Kilovolt Ampere(s) KVD Keyboard Visual Display KVDU Keyboard Visual Display Unit kW Kilowatt(s) LBT Listen Before Transmit LC Inductive Capacitive LCD Liquid Crystal Display LD Lock Detect LED Light-Emitting Diode LF Low Frequency LLSB Lower Lower Sideband L.

msec Millisecond MSK Minimum Shift Keying MTBCF Mean Time Between Critical Failure MTBF Mean Time Between Failure MTBM Mean Time Between Maintenance MTBR Mean Time Between Replacement MTTR Mean Time to Repair MUF Maximum Usable Frequency Mux Multiplex.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term LOS Line of Sight LP Low Pass LPC Linear Predictive Coding LQA Link Quality Analysis LRU Line Replaceable Unit LSB Lower Sideband LSD Least Significant Digit M Meter. one-one thousandth mA Milliampere(s) Mbyte Megabyte MDM MODEM MHz Megahertz MIC Microphone MIL-STD Military Standard mm Millimeter(s) Mod Modification. Modulated Mod/Demod Modulator/Demodulator Modem Modulator/Demodulator MOS Metal Oxide Semiconductor MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor ms. Multiplexer mVac Millivolts Alternating Current viii . Mega (one million) m Milli.

Number NPN N-type. Open Circuit or Open Collector OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Op Amp Operational Amplifier OCXO Oven Controlled Crystal Oscillator p Pico PA Power Amplifier PABX Private Automatic Branch Exchange PBIT Power-On Built-In Test PC Personal Computer PCB Printed Circuit Board PCM Pulse Code Modulation PEP Peak Envelope Power pF Picofarad (1 x 10–12 Farads) PIV Peak Inverse Voltage PLL Phase-Locked Loop PNP P-type. N. P-type (transistor) P-P Peak-to-Peak ix .C.O. Normally Closed N/C Not Connected NMOS N-channel Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor NO. N-type (transistor) nsec Nanoseconds NVG Night Vision Goggles W Ohms. N-type. N. P-type. Normally Open No. a unit of resistance measurement O&M Operation and Maintenance O&R Operation and Repair O. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term mVdc Millivolts Direct Current n Nano (1 x 10–9) NB Narrowband NC.C.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term PROM Programmable Read Only Memory PS Power Supply Pt Pt. RG Receiver Circuit: Receive. Receive Ground (from teletype) RAD Random Access Data RAM Random Access Memory RC Resistive Capacitive RCU Remote Control Unit RCV/RX Receive RCVR Receiver RD Read RDY Ready REC Receptacle RETX Retransmit RF Radio Frequency RFI Radio-Frequency Interference RLPA Rotatable Log Periodic Antenna RLSD Receive Level Sense Detect RMS Root Mean Squared ROM Read-Only Memory RSSI Receive Signal Strength Indicator RST Reset R/T Receive/Transmit RTC Real Time Clock RTN Return RTS Request to Send RTTY Radio Teletype RTU Remote Terminal Unit x . Pt-Pt Point-to-Point PTT Push-to-Talk PWB Printed Wiring Board QTY Quantity R.

SG Send Circuit. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term S. Sip. Send Ground (to teletype) SA Spectrum Analyzer SB Sideband SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier SHLD Shield SINAD A ratio of (signal + noise + distortion) to (noise + distortion) used to measure the signal quality of a communication channel. SIP Single In-Line Package SMD Surface-Mount Device SNR Signal-to-Noise Ratio SOM Start of Message SP Single Pole SPDT Single-Pole. Double-Throw SRU Shop Replaceable Unit SSB Single Sideband ST Single Throw SWR Standing Wave Ratio SYNC Synchronous TB Terminal Board TCXO Temperature Controlled Crystal Oscillator TD Time-Division Multiple Access TDQPSK Time Differential Quaternary Phase Shift Keying TGC Transmitter Gain Control T/R Transmit/Receive TT Teletype TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic TT VFT Teletype Voice Frequency Tone TTY Teletype TX Transmit u Micro (1 x 10–6) UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter xi . SINAD is commonly used to evaluate the ability of a channel to pass voice traffic.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM List of Abbreviations and Acronyms – Continued Abbreviation Term uF Microfarad (1 x 10–6 Farads) UHF Ultra High Frequency USART Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver-Transmitter USB Upper Sideband usec Microseconds UUSB Upper Upper Sideband UUT Unit Under Test uW Microwave V Volt VA Volt-Ampere Vac Volts. Vdc Volts. Alternating Current VCA Voltage Controlled Attenuator VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator VDC. Direct Current VDU Video Display Unit VECT Vector VF Voice Frequency VFO Variable Frequency Oscillator VFR Voice Frequency Repeater VHF Very High Frequency VLF Very Low Frequency VMOS V-groove Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor VOM Volt-Ohm-Meter VOX Voice Operated Transmitter Vpp Volts peak-to-peak VSWR Voltage Standing Wave Ratio W Watt(s) WRL Wire Run List XCVR Transceiver XMTR Transmitter xii .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5 2. . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2. . .2 Unit Identification . . . .1 Modem Rack Mount Using Standard Rack Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2. . . . . . 2-4 2. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Specifications . . . . . . . . .2 Ancillary Items Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2. . . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.8 PARTS LIST OF ITEMS SHIPPED WITH UNIT . .4.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2. . . . . . . . . . .3 Level III . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2. . 1-7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Page CHAPTER 1 – GENERAL INFORMATION 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 TOOLS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1. . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2. . . . . . 2-1 2. . . .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2. . . . 2-3 2. . . . . . . . . . . . .5.2 General Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1 1. . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . .2 MAINTENANCE LEVELS . . . . . . . . . . .1. . 1-11 CHAPTER 2 – INSTALLATION 2. . . . . . 1-10 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Rack Mount Installation . . . . . . . .5. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . .4 Jumper/DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1 2. . . . . . . .1 Base Station Grounding . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2. . .6 FIRMWARE UPGRADE CAPABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . .1 General . . . .5 GENERAL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR ASSEMBLIES . . . 2-3 2. . . . . . . . .3 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL . . . . 1-7 1. . . . . 1-4 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 WARRANTY . . 1-2 1. . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 SITE INFORMATION . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Installation and Interconnect Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Dual Modem Rack Mount Using Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit . . . .9 LIST OF ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 1. . .4 UNPACKING AND REPACKING . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Environmental . . . .1 Level I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Ancillary Kit . . 2-7 xiii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . .1 Configuration Information . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. . .2. . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 2. . . . . . . . .5 SITE INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Grounding . . .4 Level IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Repacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 RF-5710A MODEM REAR PANEL CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 General System Relationship . . .2 Single Modem Rack Mount Using Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2. . . .2 Level II . . . . . .2. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1. . . . .5. . . .1 Ethernet Connector J1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 General . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . 3-17 xiv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Serial Tone Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . .9. 3-1 3. . . . . . . . . . 3-11 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. .4 RF-5710A MODEM SELF-TEST . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3. . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 3. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3. . . . . . . 3-13 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Radio Connectors J4 & J5 . . . . . .5. 3-3 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Synchronous DTE . . .6. . . .5 AC Power Connector J6 . . . . . .4. . . .5. . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . .2 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . . 3-13 3. . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . .9 SETTING MODEM OPERATING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 2. .3 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2. . . . . . . . . . .6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . 3-1 3. . . .11. . .1 39Tone Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . 3-10 3. . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17 2. . . . .3. . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND CONNECTORS . . . .5. . . . . . . .5. . . . . 3-7 3. . . . . . . . . . . .7 CONNECTING THE MODEM TO THE RADIO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Asynchronous DTE . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Serial Tone Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18 2. . 3-14 3.6. . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9. . . . 3-7 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . 3-11 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2. . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . .11 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . .2 39TONE Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 MODEM POWER UP . 2-12 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INDICATORS. 3-10 3. . . . . . . . . . .2 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . . . . . . 3-16 3. . . . . . . . . .2 Phase 2 – Initial Turn-On and Preliminary Tests . . . . . . . . .10 SENDING DATA . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2. . 2-11 2. .2 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . 3-3 3. . . . . .3. . . .6. .1 Phase 1 – Installation Inspection and Pre-Power Up Procedures . . . . . . . 3-6 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 39TONE Mode Operation . .2 DTE Connector J2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 2 – INSTALLATION – Continued 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2. . . . . . . . .5. . . . .5. 2-18 CHAPTER 3 – OPERATION 3. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 3. . . . . . .5. . . . . . . .1. .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Programming Modem Waveform Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Remote Connector J3 . . . . . . . . . . . .9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 SERIAL Tone (MIL-STD-188-110B) Mode Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16 2. . . . . . . . . . . .5 OPERATIONAL MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . .5. . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . .1 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . .5. . . .3 Phase 3 – Installation Verification Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 CONNECTING THE RF-5710A MODEM TO THE DTE . . . . . . . . 2-18 2. . 3-2 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 INTRODUCTION .

.5. . . . . . . . . . . .11. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . .6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 3. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications .5. . . . . . 3-35 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29 3. . .5. . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . 3-45 xv . . . 3-35 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . . . . .12 Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Mode Operation . . . . . .5. . . . . . . 3-20 3. .2 STANAG 4539 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . .10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . .5. . . . .13 Setup Options Menu .12. . . . . . . .8. .4. .5. . . .4 FSK Variable Shift Mode Operation – Adjusting Mark and Space Frequencies 3-44 3. . . 3-22 3. . . .5 STANAG 4539 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 FSK Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 STANAG 4529 Mode Operation . . 3-34 3. . . . . . . . . . .10. .2 STANAG 4529 Operation . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . .1 STANAG 5065 Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.4 Receive Signal Indications . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . .5.4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . . .1 STANAG 4415 Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 3. . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 3. 3-27 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . 3-33 3. . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . .1 STANAG 4539 Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . 3-39 3. . . . 3-19 3. . . . .10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22 3. . . . . . . . . . .5. .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. 3-39 3. . . . . . . . . .12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . 3-28 3. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . .1 STANAG 4529 Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . .7 STANAG 5065 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) .6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 FSK Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . .2 STANAG 5065 Operation . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . 3-32 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 STANAG 4415 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) .6 Special Considerations . . . . . 3-26 3. . . . .9. . . . . . . .7.9 STANAG 4481 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . . . . . 3-28 3. . . . . . . 3-31 3. .9. . . . 3-44 3. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications .5 Receive Frequency Offset Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 3.3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . .8.10. . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . 3-37 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 STANAG 4285 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . .11 STANAG 4285 Mode Operation . . . 3-37 3. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . .7. . . . . . . . 3-36 3. . . . . . 3-36 3. . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . .5.5. . 3-17 3. . . . . . .9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 STANAG 5066 Annex G Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 STANAG 4415 Operation . . . . . .12. . 3-28 3. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45 3. . .5. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . 3-27 3. . . . .6. . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . .5. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . 3-29 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 3. . . .5. . . . . . . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 3 – OPERATION – Continued 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 3. . . . . . . . 3-39 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8. . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .1 STANAG 4481 Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3. . . . .7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 3. . . . . . . .5. . .1 STANAG 4285 Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . .12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Transmit Keyline Indications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . .1 STANAG 5066 Annex G Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 STANAG 4481 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 3. . . . .5. . . . . .6 STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) . . . 3-23 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . .9. . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . . . . .4 Receive Signal Indications . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 3. . . .5. .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 3 – OPERATION – Continued 3. On) .13. . . . . . . .5. . .3. .9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. . .5. . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) . . . .8. . . . . . . . ..13.13. . . . . . . 3-50 3. . . . 3-52 xvi . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . .7 RX AGC LEVEL (10. . . . 3-49 3. .5. . . . . . . .13. . . .5. .2 Acquisition on Data (OFF. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 SETUP 110B . .3. . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . .5. . . . 3-51 3. . . . . . . . . . .5. 850. .5. . .4. . . 3-47 3. .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . .7.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 DEACQUIRE (FAST. . . . . . .5. . . . . 2400) . . . . . . .13.1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0. 3-49 3. . . . . . .4.6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) . .1. . . . . . .13. 1. . . . . . . . . . . 5. . . . . 3-47 3. . . . . . . . . . . 0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 3. . . . . . . . . .5. .13. . . . –10. .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . 6.5. . . .2 RX Tone (800. . . . . . . . ON) . . . 2. . . . . . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 SETUP 4481 . . . . . . . 3-49 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 3. . . . 3-47 3. . . .13. . . . . . 3-51 3. .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. .5. . . On) . . . .5. .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . 3-46 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49 3.13. . . . . . 3-50 3. . 4. .5.3. . . . . .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . . 3-51 3. . . 3-48 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. .5. 2. . . .7 RX AGC LEVEL (10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7. On) . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 DEACQUIRE (FAST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MEDIUM. . . . .5. . . . 6. . . 3. .7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . .3 TX TLC Blocks (0. . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . 3-49 3. . . . . .4. . . . . 3-50 3. . . . . . . . 3-47 3. . –10. .13. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . .5. .7 SETUP 4529 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850. . . . . . . . . . . . SLOW. . . . . –30. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3. . . . . . –40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . 3-50 3. . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3. . . . . . . . . . .13. . .2 Acquisition on Data (Off. . . . . . . . . .2 TX Carrier (Normal/Always On) . . . . –40) . . .2. . . . .13. . . . . . .5. –30. . . . .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . .13. .6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 RX AGC LEVEL (10. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) . . 3. . . . . . . . –40) .5. . . . 3-49 3. MEDIUM. . . 3-46 3. . . . . . . . . .13. . . .13. . .3 TX TLC Blocks (0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46 3. . . . 1. 2. . . .6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . VERY SLOW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 SETUP 110B–F . . . . . . . . . . .5. . VERY SLOW) . . . 3-47 3. . .13. . . . . . . . . VERY SLOW) .5. . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 SETUP 4539 . . .4. . . . . . . . . . 0. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7) .13. . . . . 3-47 3. . .4. . . .5. . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3. .4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –20. . . . . . . . . . . .6 SETUP 5065 . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . .4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) . .3 TX TLC Blocks (0. . . . 3-46 3. . . . 3-50 3. . . . . 3-49 3. . . . .13. . . . .5. . . . .13. . . . . . . MEDIUM. . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . .6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) .1 Duplex (Full. . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . .5. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 SETUP 5066G . . .1 SETUP Serial . –30. . . . SLOW.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . –20.1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4. . . . . . . . –20. .5. . 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400) .5. 3-48 3. . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . 3-51 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . –10. . . . . 3-46 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3. . . 3-51 3.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-51 3. . . 6. . . . . . . . . .6. . . . .5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . .5.4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) . . . .9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) . . . . 3-48 3. . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . 2350. . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48 3. . .5. . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 TX Tone (800. . . . . . . . . 2350. . . . . .1 Duplex (Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13.3. . . .3. . . . . 3-50 3. . .13.13. . . . . . . .2 Acquisition on Data (Off. . . . . . . .2 Acquisition on Data (Off. . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 DEACQUIRE (FAST. . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . . SLOW. . . . . . 3. . . . . . . . .3. . . . 7) . . . . . . .5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600. . . . . . . . Off) . . . 3-52 3. . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . .14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16. . .13.3. . . .1 Multidrop (Off. .3 Sync Start Data (16-Bit Pattern) .5. . . . . . . 150. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. 7.5. . . .13. . . . . . . None) . . . .14. . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 SETUP Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . .14. . . . . 3-56 3. . . .2 Synchronous . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3. . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . .1 Polarity (NORMAL. . . 300.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 3. . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. .11. . . .5. . .11. . . 3-53 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . 3-55 3. . 1200. . . . . 2) . . . . . .14. . . . RS-422-NT. . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On) . . . 3-56 3.13. . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . .12 SETUP FSK . . . . . . . .9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18. . . . .13. . 19200 bps) . 3-54 3. . . . . . .18. . On) . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . .13. .12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Stop Bits (1. . . . . . . . . .5. .13. . . . . 3-57 3. 9600. . . . .13. . . .5. . .5. . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . 3-53 3. . . . . . . . 3-52 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . .14. . . .16. . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EXT. . . . .5. . . .13. . .13. . 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8) . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . .13. . . . . .3. XON/XOFF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9600. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. .14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Flow Control (CTS.13. . . .1 TX Level . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . 4800. . .13 SETUP Data Port . 3-53 3.7 Character Length (7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-485. .5. . . . . . . . . . .6 Parity (Odd. . . . 3-57 3. .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 3 – OPERATION – Continued 3. . . . . . . . . . . MIL-STD-188-114) . . .2 Applicable Documents .4 Rate (1200. . . . . . . . . . . .10 SETUP 4285 .13. .5. . . . . .3. . . . . . . .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . Even. . . . . . . . .13. . .1 Duplex (Full. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15. . .16 SETUP Audio . . . . . . .5 Character Length (5. . . . . .4 Preamble (Long. . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . .9 SETUP 4415 . . . . . .14.18.5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Duplex (Full/Half) . . . . . . . .5. . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. .2 Transmit Clock Source (INT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 3. . . .4 Sync Stop . . . . . . . .5. . RS-422. . . . . . 3-54 3. . 3-54 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53 3. . . . . . . . . . . . .15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-54 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . None) . . . . . . . 3-53 3. . . . .3 Electrical (RS-232. . . . .13. 3-54 3. .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-423. . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55 3. . . . . . . 3-57 3. . . .13. . . . . .13. .1 Electrical (RS-232.5. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . Even. . . . . . . . .3 Diversity (Time/Freq. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 TX Delay . . . . . . . .11. . . . . .2 Rate (50. . . . . . . 75. . . . .5. . . .13. . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . .18 SETUP DTE Activity Detector .17 SETUP Keyline . . 4800.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6. . . . . .4 Parity (Odd. . . . . . . . .5. . . . .3. . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . INVERTED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . RS-423. 3-52 3. . .13. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . 3-57 xvii . .13. . . . .13.13. . . . . . . . . . . .5. . DATA) . . . . . . . .13. . 3-56 3. . . . .1 Activity Mode (ON/OFF) . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400. . . . . . . . . . Short) . . . . . . . . . . . . RS-485-NT) . . . Half) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Acquisition on Data (Off. . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2400. . . . . 3-53 3. . . . .5. . . .5. . . . . . . Freq) . . .18. . .5. . . . . . . . . . 3-56 3. . . . . . . .5.13. . 3-54 3. . . . . . . . 3-52 3. . . . . . . .5. . . . .5.2 Contrast Level (0 – 9) . . 3-54 3. . . . . .3. . . . . . .14 SETUP Remote .11 Setup 39Tone .5. . . .13. . . . . . . . . 100. . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . .1 Polarity (NORMAL. . . . . 3-53 3. . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10. . RS-422. . . . . 3-57 3. . . . .2 Transmit Start (DATA/RTS) . . . . .3 Asynchronous . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8) . . . . . Half) . . . . .3 Stop Bits (1. . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . INVERTED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Backlight (On. . . . . . . . . . .1 Duplex (Full.13.13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19200 bps) . . . . . . . . . . . . .13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . 3-67 3. . 3-67 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Commands . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . .11. . . 3-78 3. .2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 BITE Operation . . . 3-67 3. . . .2 Multidrop Protocol . . . .8 Responses . . 3-63 3. . . . . . .8 VERSIONS MODE AND CHECKSUM VALUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Processing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Default Factory Modem Configuration . 3-67 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . 3-67 3. . . . . . .5 Processing Time . . .10 PRESET MODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. .5 Async Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 3. . . 3-80 3. . . . . . .2. . 3-65 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Example of Configuring FSK 50 BPS . . . .2. . . . .1 Saving a PRESET Configuration . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. .3. 3-64 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Local to Remote Operation . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . .3. . . .10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63 3. . . . .2. . . . . . . . .3 Remote Control Commands . . . . . . . . . .11. .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . .1 Commands . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . .5 Example of Configuring the Waveform and Data Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 3. . . . . .1. .11. .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 SHOW (SH) AND HELP (HE OR ?) MENUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Parameters . . . . . . . . .11.11. .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 3. . . . .13. . . 3-67 3. . . . . . . .2. .2 Loading a PRESET Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . 3-77 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 xviii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Point-to-Point Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Multiple Commands . . . . . .11. . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10. . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 3. . .1.11. . . . . 3-67 3. . . . 3-63 3. .6 CHANGING FROM LOCAL CONTROL TO REMOTE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 RF-5710A MODEM RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . .11. .4 Miscellaneous Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 3. . 3-65 3. . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Command Parameters . . . .2. . . . . 3-67 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11.3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Command Echo . . . . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . .9 Status Only Commands . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. .3 Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Valid Modem Configurations .11 REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Status Only Commands . . . . . . .8 Responses . . . . . . . . . . .6 Bid-CTS (ON/OFF) . . . . . . . .18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . .5. . . . . . . 3-80 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . .6 Multiple Commands .1. . . . . . . 3-63 3. . . .13. . . . . . . . . . .2. 3-65 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Local to Remote Operation . . . . . . . 3-66 3. . . . . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Command Echo . . . . . . .2. . . . . . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 3 – OPERATION – Continued 3. . . . . . .7 BITE Operation . . . . .7 CHANGING FROM REMOTE CONTROL TO LOCAL CONTROL .1. .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3. . . . . . . . .11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81 3. .

4-1 4. .3. . . . . .10 STANAG 4415 NATO Robust Waveform . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . 5-1 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . .2 OVERALL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 STANAG 4481-P AND -F Waveforms .3 HF Radio Interface . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.3 MIL-STD-188-110B Serial Tone Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . 4-1 4. RS-423. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4. . . . . . 4-9 4. 4-9 4. . . . .4. . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . 4-1 4. .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4. . . . . . . . RS-422. . . . . . . . . . RS-422-NT. .3.1 STANAG 5065 Waveform . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 4 – FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 4. . . . . . . . 4-6 4. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . .2 Receive Processing . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . .1 RF-5710A Modem Control Processor (MCP) Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 CHAPTER 5 – SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 5. . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4. . . . . RS-485-NT) . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Transmit Processing . . 4-3 4. . . . .6 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F High Data Rate Mode (110B-F Mode) . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . .4 Data Terminal Interface . . . . . . . .4. . . .5. . . . . RS-485. . .3. . . . . . . . . .2 Purpose of the RF-5710A Modem . . . . . . . . 4-9 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4. . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . 4-8 4. . .2. . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . .3 HF Modem Circuit Board Assembly . . . . . .2. . . . .4 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode (110B Mode) . . . . 4-3 4. . .3. . . . . . . . .4. .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Applicable Documents . . . . . . . .1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Front Panel Assembly . . . . .5 Radio Interface Ports . . . . . . .2. . .3. . .5 STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4 Waveform . . . .3. . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Waveform Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4. . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . .3. .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 4. . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . .3.2 DSP Circuit . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . .7 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39TONE Waveform . . . . . . . . 4-8 4. . . . . . . . . . 4-5 4. . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5.12 Frequency Shift Keyed (FSK) Waveform . . . .9 STANAG 4529 Waveform . . . . . . . . 4-7 4. . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 General . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4. .3.4. . . . . . . . 4-9 4. . . . . . . . . .2 Remote Control Port . . . . . . . 4-3 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4. . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 4. . . . . . .5.3. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3 4.2 STANAG 5066. . . .2. . .8 STANAG 4285 Waveform . .1 Power Supply . . . . . . . . .5 Remote Control Interface . . .3.3. . 5-1 xix . . . .3. . 4-6 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Port .1 Scheduled Maintenance Procedures . . . . . Annex G Waveform . . . . . . . . 4-10 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 4. . . . . .5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Electrical (RS-232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. 4-1 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Simplified Functional Level Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . .3 MAJOR FUNCTION LEVEL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . .3 Firmware Upgrade Capability .3. . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 7. . . . . . . .2 F1 Internal Fuse Replacement . . . . .1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . 6-1 6. . . . .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . .1 General .4 Non-BIT Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . .4. . 6-5 6. . 7-1 7. . . . . .1 Protective Device Index . . . . . . . . . .1. . .5 F1 Internal Fuse Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . .1 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Removal . . . . .2 Level III Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 6 – TROUBLESHOOTING 6. . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . .2 A5 Front Panel Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7. . . .1. . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 6. . . . . 7-7 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . .1 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Removal . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6. . . . . . . . .1 A2 Power Supply Assembly Removal . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 A5 Front Panel Assembly Removal . .4 Repair Tips . . . . . . . . .3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT INFORMATION . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Loopback Test . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 xx . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . .6 Troubleshooting Analysis Procedures (TAPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5. . . . .5. . . . . . 7-2 7. . 6-2 6. . . . .2 ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 6. . . 7-1 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 7. 7-9 7.3 Attaching Hardware . . . . . . . . . . .2 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . 7-7 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . . . . . .2 A2 Power Supply Assembly Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Relay and Lamp Indexes . 7-6 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6. . . . .2. . . . . 6-1 6. . . . . . . . .1 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 A5 Front Panel Assembly Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . .1 Master Tools and Materials List .1 General . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 CHASSIS CONNECTOR PINOUT DATA . . . . . . . . . . 7-10 7. . . . . . . . 6-5 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 BIT Fault Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . .4. . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 7. . . . . 7-2 7. . . . . . . 7-4 7. . 7-11 7. . . . . . . .1 F1 Internal Fuse Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 SRU AND FUSE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . 6-7 6. . .2 Run-Time Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2. . .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Replacement .4. . .1 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 7. . . . . . . . . 6-7 CHAPTER 7 – CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7.2 A2 Power Supply Assembly Removal and Replacement . . 7-2 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Maintenance Turn-On Procedure . . . .3. . . . .2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11 7. .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 6. . . . . 6-1 6. . .2. . . .2 Scope of this Chapter . 7-1 7. . . . . 7-1 7. . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 6. . . . . . . . . .2. . .3 TROUBLESHOOTING SUPPORT DATA . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7. . . .

. . . . . . 3-10 3-6 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6. . . 3-21 3-13 STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8. . . . . . . . . 3-22 3-14 STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-5 Primary Radio Interface Cable (Balanced Audio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19 3-12 STANAG 4539 Mode Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16 3-10 39TONE Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14 2-8 Synchronous DTE Interface Cable (RS-422 Balanced) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS – Continued Paragraph Page CHAPTER 7 – CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE – Continued 7. . . . . . . . 8-1 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 xxi . . . . . 3-24 3-15 STANAG 5065–M Mode Front Panel Display . . 2-5 2-3 RF-5710A Modem Heavy Duty Rack Mount Installation . . . . . . . . . . . .6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 3-1 RF-5710A Modem Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 3-3 SERIAL Tone Mode Front Panel Display . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 2-1 RF-5710A Modem Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 7. 8-3 APPENDIX A – SPECIFICATIONS LIST OF FIGURES Figure Page 1-1 RF-5710A HF/LF Modem 1-2 Maintenance Flow Chart . . . . . 1-8 1-4 RF-5710A Modem MD002 General System Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 PARTS LISTS . . . . . 3-9 3-5 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode . . . . . . . . 3-1 3-2 Changing RF-5710A Operational Modes and Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 3-4 Serial Tone Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . .2 SHOP REPLACEABLE UNITS (SRUS) . 3-13 3-8 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 3-7 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12 CHAPTER 8 – PARTS LIST 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 2-7 Synchronous DTE Interface Cable (RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114 Unbalanced) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15 3-9 39TONE Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 2-6 Primary Radio Interface Cable (Unbalanced Audio) . . . . 2-6 2-4 Locations of Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . .1 F2 External Fuse Removal . . . . 3-18 3-11 STANAG 4539 Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 F2 External Fuse Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3 1-3 RF-5710A Modem Family Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 F2 External Fuse Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-2 RF-5710A Modem Rack Mount Installation . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 7-1 RF-5710A Modem Master Connection and Hardware Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 3-38 Async and Sync Show Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-86 3-40 RF-5710A Modem Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84 3-35 RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (FSK Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-88 4-1 Modem Functional Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 8-1 RF-5710A Modem Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . 8-2 xxii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FSKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FSKNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-42 3-30 FSK Variable Shift Mode (FSKV) Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FSKNS. . . . . . . . . . . 6-1 6-2 RF-5710A Modem Interconnect Schematic Diagram . . . . . . . 3-31 3-21 STANAG 4481–F Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38 3-27 FSK Mode Front Panel Display (FSKWS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30 3-20 STANAG 4481-P Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF FIGURES – Continued Figure Page 3-16 STANAG 5065-F Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . 3-35 3-25 STANAG 4285 Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 3-39 HELP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43 3-31 RTS/CTS Signal Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-2 Keyline Delay Timing Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26 3-17 STANAG 5065 Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-83 3-34 RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (Serial Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33 3-23 STANAG 4415 Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36 3-26 STANAG 4285 Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 6-1 Troubleshooting Process Used in this Chapter . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40 3-28 FSK Mode Operation Flowchart (FSKWS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-28 3-19 STANAG 4529 Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . FSKA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-87 3-41 Remote Help Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27 3-18 STANAG 4529 Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41 3-29 FSK Variable (FSKV) Mode Front Panel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34 3-24 STANAG 4415 Mode Operation Flowchart . 3-59 3-33 Show Menu (Serial Mode) . . . . . . . . . . 3-32 3-22 STANAG 4481 Mode Operation Flowchart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-85 3-37 RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (STANAG 4529 Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58 3-32 SETUP OPTIONS Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-84 3-36 RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (STANAG 4285 Mode) . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . 5-1 5-2 Weekly Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6 1-3 Typical Waveform Selections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44 3-5 Remote Port Settings (Front Panel Control Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 7-1 SRU and Fuse Removal and Replacement Paragraph References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-79 3-11 Miscellaneous Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65 3-6 Remote Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8-5 RF-5710A Modem Miscellaneous Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1 8-2 RF-5710A Modem Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 2-4 Remote Connector J3 Pin Numbers and Signals . . . . . . . . 1-6 1-4 Signal-to-Noise Ratio Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7 1-5 Major Assemblies and Reference Designators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-82 4-1 Minimum Timing Diagram Values . 3-3 3-3 Waveform Data Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10 5-1 Daily Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 4-2 Radio Equipment Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 2-5 Primary Radio Connector J4 Pin Numbers and Signals . . . . . 2-16 3-1 RF-5710A Modem Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1-8 Test Equipment Required. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 3-2 RF-5710A Operational Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-81 3-13 Configuring FSK 50 BPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . But Not Supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-78 3-9 Default Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 2-2 DTE Connector J2 Pin Numbers and Signals for Unbalanced RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 8-6 List of Attaching Hardware . . . . . . . . . . 3-77 3-8 Default Factory Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-80 3-12 Configuring the Waveform and Data Port . . . . . 3-68 3-7 Functions Available for Waveform Type Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2-7 Default Parameters . 3-79 3-10 Default Modem 39TONE Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8-3 RF-5710A Modem Ancillary Kit Parts List (12004-0021-01) . . . . . 5-1 6-1 Non-BIT Fault Symptoms . . . . . . . . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS LIST OF TABLES Table Page 1-1 RF-5710A Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3 8-4 RF-5710A Modem Rack Mount Kit Parts List (12004-0100-01) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 xxiii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 1-9 Master Required Tools and Materials List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 8-1 List of RF-5710A Modem SRUs . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 2-6 Secondary Radio Connector J5 Pin Numbers and Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1 7-2 Master Tools and Materials List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5 1-2 RF-5710A Modem Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1-7 List of Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10 1-6 Parts List of Item Shipped With the RF-5710A Modem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 2-3 DTE Connector J2 Pin Numbers and Signals for Balanced RS-422 Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13 3-4 Recommended Minimum Separation Between Mark and Space Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11 2-1 HF Data Modem Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xxiv .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TABLE OF CONTENTS This page intentionally left blank.

INTRODUCTION All operators and maintenance personnel must observe the following safety precautions during operation and maintenance of this equipment. Once aware of a hazard. burns. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SAFETY SUMMARY SAFETY SUMMARY 1. or flammable. personnel must ensure that all unsecured hand tools and test equipment are disconnected from the serviced/maintained equipment and properly stored. The following are types of hazards that may exist: ELECTRICAL – Hazardous voltage and current levels may exist throughout the equipment. If used incorrectly. Prior to applying equipment power after maintenance. may be toxic. Extreme caution should be used when working with any hot assemblies (for example. or chemical hazards are the most common types of hazards found in electronic equipment. PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT SAFETY Basic safety precautions consider factors involved in protecting personnel from injury or death. xxv . OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE SAFETY GUIDELINES Good safety discipline is critical to prevent injury to personnel. volatile. Internal surfaces of the equipment may be in excess of 65°C. THERMAL – Burn hazards may exist in the equipment that could cause personal injuries and/or serious equipment damage. EMR – Overexposure to electromagnetic radiation results from amplified radio frequencies that may produce a health hazard. Physical injury or damage may result to personnel and/or equipment as a result of a reflex action to a burn. electrical shock. the point at which personnel could be burned. Personnel must always perform each assigned task in a safe manner. Read a procedure entirely before performing it. Moving parts (such as fan blades) and hot surfaces are potential mechanical hazards. Cautions. and Notes appear before various steps in the manual and will be used as follows: • WARNING – Used when injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment is possible • CAUTION – Used when there is a possibility of damage to equipment • NOTE – Used to alert personnel to a condition that requires emphasis 2. personnel should ensure that all other personnel are aware of the hazard. Electrical. Many chemical agents. The following basic safety disciplines are stressed: a. Specific warnings and cautions are provided in the manual and at the end of this Safety Summary. such as cleaners and solvents. material. CHEMICAL – Chemicals or materials used for servicing the equipment may present potential hazards. mechanical. Warnings. Contact with these hazards could cause electrocution. 3. b. MECHANICAL – Mechanical hazards are created when heavy assemblies and components must be removed and replaced. these agents can cause injury or death. power supply or power amplifier assemblies). All other safety measures are useless if personnel do not observe the safety precautions and do not follow safety disciplines. electromagnetic radiation (EMR). or injury due to involuntary reflexes of the body.

KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS Operators and maintainers must observe all safety regulations at all times. Under no circumstances should a person come directly in contact with the body unless the power has been removed. Be sure to ground all capacitors that are potentially dangerous. TURN OFF POWER AND GROUND CAPACITORS Whenever possible. Call for help. Lifting can cause injury. If connected incorrectly. g. e. In addition. GROUNDING Always ensure that all equipment and assemblies are properly grounded when operating or servicing. When immediate removal of the power is not possible. Extreme care must be used when adjusting or working on operating equipment. power to equipment should be turned off before beginning work on the equipment. These precautions are oriented toward the maintenance technician. When the maintenance technician is aided by operators. Someone must be available in the immediate area to render emergency first aid. Voltages in excess of 70 V or current sources in excess of 25 A are covered with barriers. personnel must never work alone. if necessary. Some electrolytic capacitors contain aluminum oxide or tantalum. all personnel must understand and apply these precautions during the many phases of operation and maintenance of the equipment. Personnel must react when someone is being electrically shocked. due to charges retained by capacitors. The following precautions must be observed: DO NOT SERVICE EQUIPMENT ALONE Never work on electrical equipment unless another person familiar with the operation and hazards of the equipment is near. xxvi . dangerous potentials may exist in circuits with power controls off. Do not change components or make adjustments inside equipment with a high voltage supply on unless required by the procedure. Personnel should work with one hand whenever possible to prevent electrical current from passing through vital organs of the body. personnel must use a non-conductive material to try to jolt or pry the body away from the point of shock. 2. Items weighing more than 37 pounds must be lifted by two or more people. Shut off power. h. the capacitor will explode when power is applied. However. Administer first aid if qualified. Barriers include warning information about the hazard encountered upon barrier removal. Power to the equipment must be removed before a piece of equipment is removed. The capacitor terminals must always be connected using the correct polarity: positive to positive and negative to negative. ensure that operators are aware of the hazards. Perform the following steps: 1. Extreme care must be used when replacing and connecting these capacitors. The next section contains general safety precautions not directly related to specific procedures or equipment.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SAFETY SUMMARY c. d. f. 3. Under certain conditions.

a. PROTECTION OF STATIC-SENSITIVE DEVICES Diode input-protection is provided on all CMOS devices. HEED WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS Specific warnings and cautions are provided to ensure the safety and protection of personnel and equipment. Although most static-sensitive devices contain protective circuitry. Be familiar with and strictly follow all warnings and cautions on the equipment and in technical manuals. xxvii . b. f. several precautionary steps should be taken to avoid the application of potentially damaging voltages to the inputs of the device. c. Disconnect power prior to insertion or extraction of these devices. d. This also applies to PWBs containing such devices. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SAFETY SUMMARY DO NOT BYPASS INTERLOCKS Do not bypass any interlocks unnecessarily. Avoid contact between PWB circuits or component leads and synthetic clothing. Use enough personnel or a mechanical lifting device to properly handle the item without causing personal injury. SOLDERING GUNS MUST NEVER BE USED. PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR All personnel must wear protective eyewear when servicing or maintaining equipment. This packaging is conductive and should provide adequate protection for the device. 4. This protection is designed to guard against adverse electrical conditions such as electrostatic discharge. USE CARE HANDLING HEAVY EQUIPMENT Never attempt to lift large assemblies or equipment without knowing their weight. e. Use only soldering irons and tools that are properly grounded. The component should always be handled carefully by the ends or side opposite the leads. Ungrounded soldering tips or tools can destroy these devices. Protective eyewear must be worn at all times when using tools. Storing or transporting these devices in conventional plastic containers could be destructive to the device. If it is necessary to employ an interlock bypass for equipment servicing. To protect static-sensitive devices from damage. Avoid contact with the leads of the device. use extreme care not to come in contact with hazardous voltages. Keep all static-sensitive devices in their protective packaging until needed. the following precautions should be observed. Double check test equipment voltages and polarities prior to conducting any tests.

The symbol of a flame shows that a material can ignite and burn you. The symbol of a skull and crossbones shows that a material is poisonous or a danger to life. EXPLANATION OF HAZARD SYMBOLS The symbol of drops of a liquid onto a hand shows that the material will cause burns or irritation of human skin or tissue. xxviii . The symbol of a human figure in a cloud shows that vapors of a material present danger to your life or health. The symbol of a person wearing goggles shows that the material will injure your eyes.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SAFETY SUMMARY 5.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM .

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION Figure 1-1. RF-5710A HF/LF Modem .

5. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.4 – Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies.2.4.4.3 – Some assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. • WARNING – Paragraph 7.2 – Some assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge.4.1.1 – A1 HF Modem Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly can be damaged by static discharge. • WARNING – Paragraph 7.4.4.4 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.4.1 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.4.4. • WARNING – Paragraph 2.4.1 – Do not pull on flex cable. References are as follows: • CAUTION – Paragraph 2. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1.4. • WARNING – Paragraph 7. It is recommended that these items be read in their entirety before performing the referenced procedure. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.2 – Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies.2 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.4.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS All safety precautions necessary for the protection of personnel and the equipment are cross-referenced here.4 – Some assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.1 – Do not daisy chain ground connections. • WARNING – Paragraph 7.3.5 – Use the correct tool.4.1 – Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies. 1-1 . • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.4. • WARNING – Paragraph 7. The WARNING or CAUTION is referenced to the paragraph number where it is used in the manual.3. and a brief subject phrase indicating the content is provided.3.2 – Some assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.1 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.3 – Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies.3 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.1 – Use proper grounding before energizing equipment.3. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.

antenna coupler. The faulty Line Replaceable Unit (LRU) is replaced with a spare and sent to Maintenance Level III.4.1 – Do not pull on flex cable.3 Level III The faulty unit is serviced at a facility that has support equipment available.5 – Some assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. The suspected faulty unit is inserted into the hot test bed radio system and troubleshot down to the faulty assembly using a Maintenance (Level III) Manual.4 Level IV The faulty SRU or module is returned to Harris/RF Communications for repair. The faulty Shop Replaceable Unit (SRU) or module is replaced with a spare and passed to Maintenance Level IV. 1.1 Level I This level is restricted to fault recognition and detection. The tasks performed at each level grow in complexity as fault isolation is narrowed to the component causing the fault. etc. These levels may be combined to sustain any particular user maintenance philosophy. See Figure 1-2.5 – Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.4. typically a hot test bed radio system. • WARNING – Paragraph 7. Each maintenance level relies on a defined set of support documentation and equipment in order to fulfill its maintenance tasks.2.5 – Voltages hazardous to human life are present.2.).4. 1. The four maintenance levels are: 1.2. This concept assists the maintainer by supplying only the information and materials required for that maintenance level.2 Level II The maintenance technician repairs the radio system by utilizing a System (Level II) Manual to fault isolate to the faulty unit (for example: receiver-transmitter. 1-2 . Fault isolation is not usually performed at this level.4. If Level IV maintenance capabilities are available on site.2 MAINTENANCE LEVELS Harris/RF Communications designs its products and systems to be supported by up to four maintenance levels. An operator who detects a faulty condition alerts Maintenance Level II for repair. 1.4. the maintenance technician can identify the faulty component on the SRU using a Depot Maintenance (Level IV) Manual that outlines the electronic maintenance techniques and test fixtures necessary to repair the SRU.2.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION • CAUTION – Paragraph 7. power amplifier. 1. • CAUTION – Paragraph 7.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION START NORMAL OPERATION LEVEL I SYSTEM YES REPAIRED OPERATIONAL SYSTEM NO NO TECHNICIAN YES REPLACES UNIT SYSTEM OR CABLE OPERATIONAL LEVEL II DEFECTIVE REPAIRED UNIT UNIT NO REPAIRED UNIT YES TECHNICIAN REPLACES UNIT MODULE OPERATIONAL LEVEL III DEFECTIVE MODULE NO LEVEL IV REPAIRED MODULE TECHNICIAN REPAIRS UNIT/MODULE YES MODULE OPERATIONAL 5032E-001 Figure 1-2. Maintenance Flow Chart 1-3 .

STANAG 4529. 1. g. all US MIL-STD waveforms will be referred to as MIL-STD waveform. The wide choice of interoperable US MIL-STD and NATO (STANAG) waveforms allows the optimum waveform to be selected for a particular application. The Harris RF-5710A series of HF/LF modems are designed to operate with conventional Single Sideband (SSB-HF) transmitters/receivers and provide reliable high-speed communications over HF radio circuits. 1-4 .2. the use of the Data Directed Equalizer (Harris patent) allows reliable transmission at rates up to 9600 bps (SSB) and 19200 bps (ISB). and functional descriptions of assemblies. NOTE For the remainder of this manual. Harris will repair or replace the radio at no charge. Repairs made by Harris to the radio under this warranty are warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 60 days from the date of repair. They are significantly enhanced versions of the industry standard RF-5710 Modem and have both increased processing power and additional memory to accommodate the latest generation of high-speed adaptively-equalized HF waveforms.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION 1. STANAG 4481. resulting in reduced down-time and increased system availability. STANAG 5066 Annex G. refer to the warranty information printed on the inside front cover of this manual. Table 1-1 identifies the RF-5710A Modem configurations described in this manual. 1. The performance is further enhanced by convolutional error correction coding (FEC) and Viterbi soft decision decoding at all data rates from 75 bps to 19200 bps. STANAG 4285. The waveforms supported by the different models are listed in Table 1-2.g. The RF-5710A series modems are compliant with the waveform and performance requirements of US MIL-STD-188-110B Main body waveform. Detailed information that will be useful to the maintainer is provided: unit configuration. US MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C High Data Rate Mode. The overall intent of this manual is to help the maintainer expedite repair of the unit in a reasonable amount of time. For information on how to process a claim under this warranty. the waveform known as US MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C High data Rate Mode and STANAG 4539 Annex B High Data Rate Mode (e. STANAG 4415.3 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL This manual provides the maintainer with all technical information required to support Level III maintenance as described in Paragraph 1. and fading. section 4).4 WARRANTY Harris Corporation guarantees that if the modem fails from normal use within one year from the date of shipment due to a defect in workmanship or materials. and STANAG 4539 Annex B High Data Rate Mode (e. MIL-STD-188-110A and MIL-STD-188-110B) make use of a powerful adaptive equalizer to eliminate the effects of HF intersymbol. and on what is not covered by this warranty. section 4) will be referred to simply as STANAG 4539. The high-speed adaptively equalized waveforms (STANAG 4285/4481/4529/4539/5066. However. required tools and test equipment. equipment specifications. interference.5 GENERAL EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION The RF-5710A Modem is shown in Figure 1-1. US MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39-Tone Waveform. US MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F High Data Rate ISB Mode. STANAG 5065. These factors normally limit the rate at which data can be sent reliably over HF radio channels to a few tens of bits per second. fault isolation and repair techniques. Furthermore.3.

STANAG 4481. STANAG 4529. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION In all modes except Frequency Shift Keying (FSK). considerable protection is provided against co-channel interference by adaptive excision filtering which can automatically remove up to four simultaneous interfering signals.3. STANAG 4529. This feature greatly enhances communications reliability in regions of the world where the HF band is very congested. For a particular application. STANAG 5066. The waveform. the capabilities of the radio system. data rate. STANAG 5065. Table 1-3 summarizes typical waveform selections for a number of common applications. interoperability requirements. MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C High Data Rate MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F ISB STANAG 5066 Annex G. It is field software upgradeable and is “IP ready” with a built-in Ethernet interface for future networking applications. and the characteristics of the communications path. MIL-STD-188-110B. Higher power transmitters and higher SNRs are required for the higher data rates. STANAG 4539. MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39-Tone. Table 1-1. MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39-Tone. The various waveforms supported are described in Paragraph 4. STANAG 4481. and FSK waveforms 1-5 . and data terminal equipment. and other RF-5710A Modem parameters are selectable from the front panel keys and Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) or through the built-in remote control interface. the choice of waveform depends upon a number of factors including the type of application. and STANAG 4539. The state-of-the-art RF-5710A Modem hardware is designed to support future interoperable waveforms. RF-5710A Modem Configurations Product Description Part Number Family Tree RF-5710A-MD001 Modem that supports: 12004-1000-01 Figure 1-3 MIL-STD-188-110B. Typical SNR requirements are listed in Table 1-4.4. STANAG 5065. The selection of data rate depends largely upon the expected signal-to-noise ratio (SNR). STANAG 4415. The RF-5710A Modem is equipped with flexible electrical interfaces that ensure compatibility with a wide range of radio. STANAG 4285. and FSK waveforms RF-5710A-MD002 Modem that supports: 12004-1000-01 Figure 1-3 STANAG 4285. cryptographic.

16. Annex G. 6400. Annex G. 8000 and 9600 bps RF-5710A-MD001 only Uncoded QAM 12. 1200. 150. STANAG 4539 3200 – 9600 bps Ship-Shore STANAG 5066.g. 600. 600. 300. 300.800 bps STANAG 4539 Coded QAM/PSK 3200. 1800 bps STANAG 4415 Coded PSK 75 bps (NATO Robust Waveform) RF-5710A-MD001 only STANAG 4481 Coded PSK 300 bps RF-5710A-MD001 only FSK 75 bps FSK FSK 50 to 600 bps (variable shift) All STANAG 5065 MSK (LF) 300 bps RF-5710A-MD001 only FSK (LF) 75 bps Table 1-3. 3200. 1200.800 bps STANAG 4285 Coded PSK 75. 6400. Annex G Coded QAM/PSK 3200. Annex G. 1200 and 2400 bps All Uncoded PSK 1200.800 bps MIL-STD-188-110B Coded QAM/PSK 9600. 600. or auroral region communications Legacy communications FSK 75 – 150 bps LF/MF Naval Broadcast STANAG 5065 (MSK) 300 bps 1-6 . e. and 19. Annex G. 150. 12. 600 and 1200 bps All Appendix B 39-Tone STANAG 4529 Coded PSK 75. 1200 and 2400 bps All Uncoded PSK 600. 2400. 600. and 3600 bps MIL-STD-188-110B Coded QAM/PSK 75. 8000 and 9600 bps RF-5710A-MD001 only Uncoded QAM 12. 1200 and 2400 bps All (Serial) Uncoded PSK 4800 bps MIL-STD-188-110B 39-Tone DPSK 75. STANAG 4539 3200 – 8000 bps MIL-STD-188-110B/STANAG 4285 75 – 2400 bps HF Naval Broadcast STANAG 4285/STANAG 4481 300 – 600 bps Digital Video Imagery STANAG 5066. STANAG 4539 3200 – 9600 bps (long distance) MIL-STD-188-110B/STANAG 4285 75 – 2400 bps Ship-Ship STANAG 5066.200 bps RF-5710A-MD001 only Appendix F MIL-STD-188-110B Coded PSK 75.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION Table 1-2. 150. STANAG 4539 3200 – 9600 bps (Harris HUITS) MIL-STD-188-110B 600 – 2400 bps Radar Site Communications STANAG 4285 2400 bps Disadvantaged HF users. 2400.000.800. 4800. 300. 150. 150. RF-5710A-MD001 only 4800. 12. 4800. 8000 and 9600 bps Uncoded QAM/PSK 4800. Typical Waveform Selections Application Recommended Waveforms Data Rates HF E-Mail STANAG 5066. air-ground. 6400. 300. STANAG 4415 75 bps low-power. RF-5710A Modem Waveforms Waveform Mode Data Rates Model Numbers STANAG 5066. 300.

17 12 MIL-STD-188-110B 3200 STANAG 5066. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION Table 1-4. Annex G.5. The firmware upgrade capability makes use of industry-standard Xmodem protocols to ensure error-free downloads of new firmware.3 Specifications For RF-5710A Modem specifications. 1-7 .1 Ancillary Kit Table 8-3 is the ancillary kit for the RF-5710A Modem. For more information.2 Unit Identification RF-5710A Modem identification information is located on the front panel identification tags.5.1 Configuration Information Figure 1-3 shows the family tree for the RF-5710A Modem configuration listed in Table 1-1. 1. Annex G. 28 20 MIL-STD-188-110B 8000 STANAG 5066.6 FIRMWARE UPGRADE CAPABILITY The RF-5710A Modem is provided with a field reprogramming capability. Annex G. 20 14 MIL-STD-188-110B 4800 STANAG 5066. 1.1. These tags contain model.1.5. Signal-to-Noise Ratio Requirements Signal-To-Noise (dB) Ratio Required for 10E-4 Data Rate (bps) Waveform BER Sky Wave Channel Surface Wave Channel (CCIR Poor) (Gaussian) 9600 STANAG 5066. 24 17 MIL-STD-188-110B 6400 STANAG 5066. 1. 1. refer to the family tree (Figure 1-3). The family tree identifies all the major assemblies that make up the RF-5710A Modem configuration. 1.5. New firmware can be downloaded from a personal computer through the remote control port when future enhancements become available. 13 8 MIL-STD-188-110B 2400 MIL-STD-188-110B 14 9 1200 MIL-STD-188-110B 9 5 600 MIL-STD-188-110B 5 2 300 MIL-STD-188-110B 3 0 150 MIL-STD-188-110B 0 –2 75 MIL-STD-188-110B –3 –5 75 (NATO Robust) STANAG 4415 –3 –8 1.2 General System Relationship Figure 1-4 shows the general system relationship of the RF-5710A Modem. part. Annex G. Annex G.5. refer to the Appendix at the end of this manual. and serial number information. See MP7 on Figure 8-1.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION HF/LF MODEM RF-5710A RACK MOUNT RF-5710A CHASSIS ANCILLARY KIT KIT ASSEMBLY 12004-0021-01 12004-0100-01 12004-1000-01 A1 A2 A3 A5 HF MODEM PWB POWER SUPPLY AC INPUT FILTER FRONT PANEL ASSY ASSY ASSY ASSY 12004-2000-01 10447-1050-001 10447-1013-001 12004-1200-01 5710A-004B Figure 1-3. RF-5710A Modem Family Tree 1-8 .

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION DTE RADIO 1 1 DATA DATA RADIO A RF-5710A 1 RADIO REMOTE REMOTE RADIO 3 TERMINAL B REMOTE (OPTIONAL) OPTIONAL MULTIDROP CONFIGURATION REMOTE RADIO A DTE RADIO RF-5710A 2 2 2 DATA DATA RADIO B 5710A–005 Figure 1-4. RF-5710A Modem MD002 General System Relationship 1-9 .

with an input frequency range of 47 Hz – 440 Hz. and RAM clock signals and I/O interface required to perform all RF-5710A Modem functions. and +12V. Table 1-7 provides Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code information for the manufacturers of items listed in this manual. Parts List of Item Shipped With the RF-5710A Modem Description Part Number RF-5710A Modem Chassis Assembly 12004-1000-01 Rack Mount Kit 12004-0100-01 Ancillary Kit 12004-0021-01 RF-5710A Manual (PDF)/CD-ROM 10515-0135-4600 1-10 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Table 1-5. Produces DC output voltages of +5V. A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Prevents unwanted electrical noise from entering the RF-5710A Modem.8 PARTS LIST OF ITEMS SHIPPED WITH UNIT Table 1-6 provides the list of parts shipped with the RF-5710A Modem.1 General Table 1-5 lists the major assemblies of the RF-5710A Modem.7 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR ASSEMBLIES 1. ROM. A5 Front Panel Assembly Consists of an LCD module and four pushbutton switches connected to the A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly by a flexible ribbon cable. –12V.7. Major Assemblies and Reference Designators Reference Assembly/Subassembly Function Designation Name A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Provides the CPU. 1. which power the A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly. DSP. Table 8-3 and 8-4 for a list of parts included in the Ancillary Kit and Rack Mount Kit. Table 1-6. Figure 7-1 shows the locations of the assemblies. A2 Power Supply Assembly Accepts input voltages in the range of 85 Vac – 264 Vac. The LCD module displays two rows of 20 characters each. with no internal strapping or voltage selection required. See Figure 1-3 for the family tree. which processes the front panel inputs and sends menu and status information to the front panel display. Refer to Chapter 8. Key presses on the pushbuttons are detected by the MCP on A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly.

3/16-Inch ND106 55719 Crescent Wrench. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM GENERAL INFORMATION Table 1-7. #1 Cross-tip X101 96508 Screwdriver.S.9 LIST OF ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SUPPLIED Table 1-8 lists the test equipment required for troubleshooting and repairing the RF-5710A Modem. NY. 14610-1839 55719 Snap-On Tools Corporation 2801 80th Street Kenosha. NC 27502 1. Slotted 1/8 x 3-Inch SDD304 55719 1-11 . Master Required Tools and Materials List CAGE Description Part Number Code Screwdriver. 9090 Everett. Test Equipment Required. 216 6920 Seaway Boulevard PO Box. #2 Cross-tip X102 96508 Nut Driver. WI 53141-1410 89536 Fluke Electronics Corporation M. Table 1-8. List of Manufacturers CAGE Code Manufacturer Name and Address 14304 Harris Corporation RF Communications Division 1680 University Ave. Cooper Tools Division Luftkin Road P. WA 98206-9090 96508 Cooper Industries Inc. Rochester. Adjustable AD6 55719 Screwdriver.O. But Not Supplied CAGE Description Part Number Code Digital Multimeter Fluke 87 89536 Table 1-9. Table 1-9 lists the tools required for removing and replacing RF-5710A Modem assemblies. Box 728 Apex.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
GENERAL INFORMATION

This page intentionally left blank.

1-12

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
INSTALLATION

CHAPTER 2

INSTALLATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter describes the following:
• Site selection – refer to Paragraph 2.2

• Tools and materials required – refer to Paragraph 2.3

• Unpacking and repacking – refer to Paragraph 2.4

• Site installation – refer to Paragraph 2.5

• Installation checkout – refer to Paragraph 2.11

2.2 SITE INFORMATION
2.2.1 General
The information in the following paragraphs provides general guidelines for installing the RF-5710A Modem in a
radio system. Select a ventilated, well-lighted location. Avoid placing the system in a busy or congested area, or
where there is excessive noise. The following are general site considerations:

• Availability of power source, earth ground, antenna, etc.

• Ease of operation, maintenance, or removal and replacement

• Ventilation

• Clearance of connection cables to the back of the radio, antenna coupler, etc.

2.2.2 General Guidelines
The information contained in the following paragraphs provides general site guidelines. Before choosing a site,
become familiar with the dimensions shown in Figure 2-1. Make sure there is plenty of room for maintenance
when the unit is installed.

2-1

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
INSTALLATION

1.688 IN
(4.288 CM)

12.0 IN
(30.48 CM)

8.375 IN
(21.27 CM)

Figure 2-1. RF-5710A Modem Dimensions

2.2.3 Grounding
The following paragraphs contain grounding guidelines that should be followed when performing a vehicular or
base station installation.
2.2.3.1 Base Station Grounding

CAUTION

Do not daisy-chain ground connections, as voltage differentials
develop over long distances. Any artificial ground system must
also be connected to the primary power source ground to prevent
generation of Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) and
high-voltage electromagnetic fields around the equipment.
The RF-5710A Modem radio equipment rack ground terminal must be connected to a grounded pipe (such as a
cold water pipe), preferably where the pipe enters the ground, or a steel or copper rod driven six to ten feet into
the soil. In situations where the water table is far below the surface (such as desert or mountainous terrain), it may
be necessary to create an artificial ground system by burying steel or copper plates six to ten inches below the
surface, and connecting them together directly below the RF-5710A Modem radio equipment rack location. In all
cases, such grounds must be connected to the RF-5710A Modem radio equipment rack using at least No. 8 copper
cable directly from the ground point.

2-2

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
INSTALLATION

2.2.4 Environmental
The RF-5710A Modem will perform in the environment specified in Appendix A, Specifications.
2.3 TOOLS AND MATERIALS REQUIRED
The following tools and test equipment are recommended to install and set up the RF-5710A Modem:

• HF radio with a 0 dBm, 600-ohm transmit audio input and a 600-ohm receive audio output with a
nominal output level in the range –40 dBm to +10 dBm

• Data source/Data Terminal Equipment (DTE)

• RS-232 interface breakout box such as the Blackbox #SAM32-55 for troubleshooting interface lines

• Voltmeter capable of measuring true Root Mean Square (RMS) such as the Fluke #8060A

• Modem to DTE cable

• Modem to radio cable

• Standard electronic/technician tools
2.4 UNPACKING AND REPACKING
Equipment is packed in corrugated boxes. A two-piece foam enclosure protects the equipment against corrosion
and rough handling. The boxes and packing materials should be retained in case the equipment is reshipped.
2.4.1 Unpacking
Perform the following procedure to unpack the equipment:
a. Inspect the exterior of the box for signs of damage during shipment. Note any problems and report them
to the proper authority. An external sticker on the shipping box provides additional instructions
concerning inspection of the package.
b. Move the boxed equipment into the general location where it is to be installed.
c. After removing the equipment, check the contents against the packing slip to see that the shipment is
complete. Report discrepancies to Harris/RF Communications.
2.4.2 Repacking
Perform the following procedure to repack the receiver-transmitter:
a. Use the original box, if it was retained. If not, use a box that allows three inches of clearance on all sides
of the power amplifier.
b. Use the original packing material, if it was retained. If not, use foam packing material to fill the space
between the receiver-transmitter and the box. Surround the entire unit with three inches of foam packing
material.
c. Use a good quality packing tape (or straps) to seal the box after closing.
2.5 SITE INSTALLATION
The following paragraphs describe the power requirements and ancillary items kit required for properly installing
the RF-5710A Modem. Cabling, jumper and DIP switch settings, unit removal and installation procedures,
clearance and ventilation requirements, and mounting information are also included.

2-3

If the installation calls for two modems to be mounted in the same row. 2.1 Power Requirements The RF-5710A Modem uses less than 15 watts of power.5 Rack Mount Installation See Figure 2-1 for dimensions of the RF-5710A Modem. e.5. Secure the rear of the side brackets using the hardware provided.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2. Install the pseudo modem on the appropriate side of the RF-5710A Modem using the two (2) caphead screws provided. b. Install the side bracket on the opposite side of the RF-5710A Modem using the two (2) caphead screws provided. refer to Table 8-3. The RF-5710A Modem will automatically accept any primary power voltage and frequency in the specified ranges: • 85 Vac – 264 Vac • 47 Hz – 440 Hz WARNING Do not energize the equipment unless the chassis and all exposed metal parts are properly grounded.5. d. The RF-5710A Modem can be mounted by itself. Determine whether the RF-5710A Modem should be on the left or right side of the single rack space.5.5. 2.3 Installation and Interconnect Diagrams See Figure 1-4 for the typical RF-5710A Modem configuration. NOTE All brackets are fully reversible.5.5. Install the remaining side bracket on the other side of the pseudo modem using the two (2) caphead screws provided. Slide the assembly carefully into the rack and secure the front panel to the rack with the front panel screws provided. For more information regarding the contents of this kit.4 Jumper/DIP Switch Settings There are no jumper or DIP switch setting in the RF-5710A Modem. 2.5.2 Ancillary Items Kit The RF-5710A Modem is supplied with an ancillary items kit that contains items required for proper installation. 2. See Figure 6-2 for the RF-5710A Modem interconnect schematic diagram. use the optional Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit (RF-5710A-RM001). c. 2-4 . 2.1 Modem Rack Mount Using Standard Rack Mount Kit See Figure 2-2 and perform the following procedure to install one RF-5710A Modem in one rack space: a.

Determine whether the RF-5710A Modem should be on the left or right side of the single rack space.5.5. Align the rear of the modem with the alignment pin located on the heavy duty rack mount kit before tightening screws down. c. RF-5710A Modem Rack Mount Installation 2. Slide the RF-5710A Modem into the appropriate slot.2 Single Modem Rack Mount Using Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit See Figure 2-3 and perform the following procedure to install one RF-5710A Modem in one rack space: a. 2-5 . d. Attach all wires over the wire support brace at the rear of the mount. b. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION SIDE BRACKET (12004-0115-01) (2 PLACES) PSEUDO MODEM (12004-0105-01) SCREW RF-5710A MODEM (12004-0245-01) (6 PLACES) 5710C-001 Figure 2-2. e. Attach the modem to the rack mount via mounting holes located on the front of the mount. Slide the assembly carefully into the rack and secure the front panel to the rack with the front panel screws provided. f.

Align the rear of the modem with the alignment pin located on the heavy duty rack mount kit before tightening screws down. d.5.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2. c.3 Dual Modem Rack Mount Using Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit See Figure 2-3 and perform the following procedure to install two modems side by side in the Heavy Duty Rack Mount Kit. RF-5710A Modem Heavy Duty Rack Mount Installation 2-6 .5. b. e. 5710–800 Figure 2-3. Attach all wires over the wire support brace at the rear of the mount. Slide the RF-5710A Modem into the available slot. Attach the modem to the rack mount via mounting holes located on the front of the mount. Slide the assembly carefully into the rack and secure the front panel to the rack with the front panel screws provided. a.

2 DTE Connector J2 The DTE connector J2 is used to connect the RF-5710A Modem to the DTE or cryptographic equipment. HF Data Modem Rear Panel Connectors Connector Function Type J1 Ethernet Interface Ethernet (BNC) J2 Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) 25 Pin D. Table 2-1. The following selections are available: • RS-232D unbalanced • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced 2-7 . It will be enabled through future software upgrades. Locations of Rear Panel Connectors 2.6. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2. The electrical characteristics of the data interface can be selected from the front panel controls or through the remote control interface. 2.6 RF-5710A MODEM REAR PANEL CONNECTORS All connectors are located on the rear panel of the RF-5710A Modem. Female J6 Line Power (85 – 250 Vac) 3 Pin EIA 5710A–2000 Figure 2-4.1 Ethernet Connector J1 The Ethernet connector J1 is provided for future networking applications. Female J3 Remote Control 25 Pin D. Male J5 Radio B (Secondary) 9 Pin D.6. Male J4 Radio A (Primary) 9 Pin D. Table 2-1 identifies the connectors and Figure 2-4 shows their location.

Table 2-2. The use of shielded cable is strongly recommended to minimize Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) from external sources. In the balanced mode of operation (RS-422). the signals associated with the pins on DTE connector J2 are listed in Table 2-2.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION In the unbalanced modes of operation (RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114). the signals associated with the pins on DTE connector J2 are listed in Table 2-3. A mating 25-pin D connector is provided in the ancillary kit for use in fabricating an interface cable. DTE Connector J2 Pin Numbers and Signals for Unbalanced RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114 Interfaces DTE Connector (Unbalanced) Pin Signal Description 1 Chassis Ground 2 Transmit Data (TXD) 3 Receive Data (RXD) 4 Request-to-Send (RTS) 5 Clear-to-Send (CTS) 6 Data Set Ready (DSR) 7 Signal Ground 8 Carrier Detect (CD) 15 Transmit Clock (TX Clock) 17 Receive Clock (RX Clock) 24 External Transmit Clock Input (EXT TX CLOCK) 2-8 .

DTE Connector J2 Pin Numbers and Signals for Balanced RS-422 Interfaces DTE Connector (Balanced) Pin Signal Description Comments 1 Chassis Ground 2 +Transmit Data (TXD+) 3 +Receive Data (RXD+) 4 +Request-to-Send (RTS+) 5 +Clear-to-Send (CTS+) 6 +Data Set Ready (DSR+) 7 Signal Ground 8 +Carrier Detect (CD+) 9 –Receive Clock (RXC–) Forms balanced pair with signal RXC+ (pin 17) 10 –Carrier Detect (CD–) Forms balanced pair with signal CD+ (pin 8) 11 N/C 12 –Transmit Clock (TXC–) Forms balanced pair with signal TXC+ (pin 15) 13 –Clear-to-Send (CTS–) Forms balanced pair with signal CTS+ (pin 5) 14 –Transmit Data (TXD–) Forms balanced pair with signal TXD+ (pin 2) 15 +Transmit Clock (TXC+) 16 –Receive Data (RXD–) Forms balanced pair with signal RXD+ (pin 3) 17 +Receive Clock (RXC+) 18 N/C 19 –Request-to-Send (RTS–) Forms balanced pair with signal RTS+ (pin 4) 20 N/C 21 N/C 22 –Data Set Ready (DSR–) Forms balanced pair with signal DSR+ (pin 6) 23 N/C 24 +External Transmit Clock In- put (EXT TX CLOCK+) 25 –External Transmit Clock In. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION Table 2-3. Forms balanced pair with signal EXT TXC (pin 24) put (EXT TX CLOCK–) 2. The following settings are available: • RS-232D unbalanced • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • RS-485 balanced 2-9 . The electrical characteristics of the remote interface can only be selected from the front panel controls.3 Remote Connector J3 The Remote connector J3 is used to connect the RF-5710A Modem to a remote control terminal or computer.6.

The receive audio input does not require adjustment and can accommodate signals in the range –35 dBm to +10 dBm. RS-423 7 Signal Ground 14 –Transmit Data (TXD–) RS-422. The keylines are enabled as a result of the RF-5710A Modem receiving an RTS signal from the DTE. The Primary Radio Connector J4 also provides two keyline signals to cause the radio to switch from receive to transmit. The use of shielded cable is strongly recommended to minimize RFI from external sources.4 Radio Connectors J4 & J5 The RF-5710A Modem is provided with two radio interface ports. The Secondary Radio Connector J5 will be enabled through future software upgrades. RS-423. RS-485 3 +Receive Data (RXD+) RS-232D. The use of shielded cable is strongly recommended to minimize RFI from external sources. Each radio port is designed to work with a 600-ohm balanced load. the remote interface can be configured for point-to-point or multidrop operation.6. 2-10 . One keyline is an open collector transistor driver and the other is an isolated bi-directional contact closure. the control computer can address multiple RF-5710A Modems connected to the same remote control bus. The signals associated with the pins on remote connector J3 are listed in Table 2-4. The remote control protocol is described in detail in Chapter 3. RS-485 – Forms balanced pair with signal TXD+ (pin 3) 16 –Receive Data (RXD–) RS-422 – Forms balanced pair with signal RXD+ (pin 3) 2. In the multidrop mode. A mating 25-pin D connector is provided in the ancillary kit for use in fabricating an interface cable. The signals associated with the pins on the Primary Radio Connector J4 are listed in Table 2-5 and the signals associated with the Secondary Radio Connector J5 are listed in Table 2-6. The appropriate keyline for the radio should be used. (input or output). Table 2-4. Remote Connector J3 Pin Numbers and Signals Remote Connector Pin Signal Description Usage 1 Chassis Ground 2 +Transmit Data (TXD+) RS-232D. Mating connectors are provided in the ancillary kit for use in fabricating an interface cable. a Primary Radio Connector J4 which is normally used to connect the radio and a Secondary Radio Connector J5 which is intended to support future RF-5710A Modem capabilities that include diversity reception and Independent Sideband (ISB) transmission. The transmit output level can be adjusted from –40 dBm to +10 dBm through the use of the front panel controls or the remote control port. RS-422. RS-422.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION In addition. The RF-5710A Modem can be set to point-to-point or multidrop mode for any of the electrical interface standards.

NOTE For maximum shielding effectiveness. connect an appropriately grounded system grounding strap (in addition to the AC power cord cable clamp) to the ground lug on the rear panel of the RF-5710A Modem chassis. A cable clamp is also included in the ancillary kit. 2-11 .5 AC Power Connector J6 The AC power input connector J6 is used to supply the RF-5710A Modem with its primary power. Primary Radio Connector J4 Pin Numbers and Signals Primary Radio Connector Pin Signal Description 1 Receive Audio + 2 Receive Audio – 3 Secondary Keyline A (contact closure) 4 Transmit Audio + 5 Transmit Audio – 6 Secondary Keyline B (contact closure) 7 Reserved 8 Keyline (Open collector to ground) 9 Keyline Return/Ground Table 2-6. and is included in the ancillary kit. approximately four inches from the plug connector. and should be placed around the AC power cord. Secondary Radio Connector J5 Pin Numbers and Signals Secondary Radio Connector Pin Signal Description 1 Receive Audio + 2 Receive Audio – 3 Secondary Keyline A (contact closure) 4 Transmit Audio + 5 Transmit Audio – 6 Secondary Keyline B (contact closure) 7 Reserved 8 Keyline (Open collector to ground) 9 Reserved 2. This clamp should be secured to the grounding lug on the rear panel of the RF-5710A Modem chassis in order to provide strain relief.6. The AC power cable is a standard three-prong detachable power supply cord. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION Table 2-5. The strap must be placed between the RF-5710A Modem chassis and the cable clamp.

1 and 19. Refer to the Operation Section of this manual to set the nominal transmit level between +10 dBm and –40 dBm (into 600 ohms).RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2.9 seconds. Some radios may require a delay between the assertion of the keyline signal and the start of the transmit audio from the RF-5710A Modem. This delay may be required to allow a transmit circuit to power up or an antenna coupler to tune. RADIO RF-5710A PRIMARY CONNECTOR HF-SSB RADIO MODEM RADIO (J4) (See owner’s manual) RX AUDIO+ 1 RX AUDIO+ RX AUDIO– 2 RX AUDIO– TX AUDIO+ 4 TX AUDIO+ TX AUDIO– 5 TX AUDIO– KEYLINE 8 KEYLINE RETURN (GND) 9 RETURN (GND) Figure 2-5. The use of shielded cable is strongly recommended to minimize RFI from external sources.4 for details of the pin connections on the Primary Radio Connector J4.6. Set the transmit level to the output required by the radio (typically 0 dBm or 2. Figure 2-5 shows an example of the cable connections for a balanced audio interface.7 CONNECTING THE MODEM TO THE RADIO A mating 9-pin D connector is provided in the ancillary kit to assist users in making a modem-to-radio cable. The RF-5710A Modem has a transformer coupled audio interface with both open collector to ground and contact closure keyline circuits. Refer to the Operation Section of this manual to set the Keyline Delay between 0.2 volts peak-to-peak across 600 ohms). Primary Radio Interface Cable (Balanced Audio) 2-12 . Figure 2-6 shows an unbalanced interface. Refer to Paragraph 2.

and MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced. RS-423 unbalanced. Cable connections for asynchronous interfaces are similar. including the electrical interface selected. but accepting an external transmit clock from the DTE. RS-422 balanced. but they do not require the lines for the receive and transmit clock signals. 2-13 .8 CONNECTING THE RF-5710A MODEM TO THE DTE A mating 25-pin D connector is provided in the ancillary kit to make a modem-to-DTE cable. input or output clock). synchronous or asynchronous operation.6. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION RADIO RF-5710A PRIMARY CONNECTOR HF-SSB RADIO MODEM RADIO (J4) (See owner’s manual) RX AUDIO+ 1 RX AUDIO RX AUDIO– 2 TX AUDIO+ 4 TX AUDIO TX AUDIO– 5 KEYLINE 8 KEYLINE RETURN (GND) 9 RETURN (GND) Figure 2-6. including RS-232D. Refer to Paragraph 2. and the type of transmit clock (synchronous mode only.2 for details of the pin connections on the DTE connector J2. The DTE interface can be set to a number of different electrical interface standards. Failure to do this will result in a RF-5710A Modem fault after the RTS signal is activated. Figure 2-8 shows the cable connections for an RS-422 balanced synchronous interface with the RF-5710A Modem providing the receive clock. NOTE If the RF-5710A Modem is programmed for External Transmit Clock. the DTE must continuously provide the clock signal on pin 24 of DTE connector J2. The cable connections between the RF-5710A Modem and DTE depend upon a number of factors. Primary Radio Interface Cable (Unbalanced Audio) 2. Figure 2-7 shows an example of the cable connections for a RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114 synchronous interface with the RF-5710A Modem providing both receive and transmit clocks to the DTE. The use of shielded cable is strongly recommended to minimize RFI from external sources.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION RF-5710A 25-PIN D DTE MODEM CONNECTOR SHIELD 1 1 SHIELD RXD 3 3 RXD TXD 2 2 TXD RTS 4 4 RTS CTS 5 5 CTS DSR 6 6 DSR DCD 8 8 RLSD DTR 20 20 DTR SIGNAL GND 7 7 SIGNAL GND RXC 17 17 RXC TXC 15 15 TXC Figure 2-7. Synchronous DTE Interface Cable (RS-232D/RS-423/MIL-STD-188-114 Unbalanced) 2-14 .

Synchronous DTE Interface Cable (RS-422 Balanced) 2-15 . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION RF-5710A 25-PIN D DTE MODEM CONNECTOR SHIELD 1 1 SHIELD RXD+ 3 3 RXD+ RXD– 16 16 RXD– TXD+ 2 2 TXD+ TXD– 14 14 TXD– RTS+ 4 4 RTS+ RTS– 19 19 RTS– CTS+ 5 5 CTS+ CTS– 13 13 CTS– DSR+ 6 6 DSR+ DSR– 22 22 DSR– DCD+ 8 8 DCD+ DCD– 10 10 DCD– DTR+ DTR– SIGNAL GND 7 7 SIGNAL GND RXC+ 17 17 RXC+ RXC– 9 9 RXC– TXC+ 15 15 TXC+ TXC– 12 12 TXC– TXCI+ 24 TXCI– 25 Figure 2-8.

150. 1200. 2. 8 bits per character • Flow Control – CTS or XON/XOFF 2-16 . 300. 6. The following parameters must be set for an asynchronous DTE: • Polarity (Normal.0 S Keyline RTS keys xmtr RTS keys xmtr Activity Detector Off Off 2. None • Character Length – 5.2 Asynchronous DTE Program the RF-5710A Modem DATA PORT parameters to match the DTE settings. 4800. Default Parameters Parameter RF-5710A-MD001 RF-5710A-MD002 REMOTE/LOCAL LOCAL LOCAL Waveform MIL-STD-188-110B SERIAL Data Rate (bps) 9600 2400 Interleaving LONG (L) LONG (L) Duplex Full Full Acq.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2.9. The setting of its operating parameters must be compatible with other modems in the network and the DTE that it is connected to. Refer to the operation section of this manual for further details on selecting different waveform operating modes and associated parameters. Invert) – use Normal for RS-232 interoperability • DTE Data Rate – 19200. This configuration can also be restored using the front panel RESET command as described in the operation section of this manual. 600. Even.1 S + 00. on Data Off Off Data Port Synchronous Synchronous Polarity Normal Normal Tx Clock Internal Internal Display Backlight On On Display Contrast Level 5 5 Audio Tx Level 0 dBm 0 dBm Tx Audio Delay + 00. 75 bps (50 bps available for Frequency Shift Keying [FSK]) • Stop Bits – 1 or 2 • Parity – Odd. Table 2-7. 9600.9 SETTING MODEM OPERATING PARAMETERS The RF-5710A Modem has a wide range of programming options. Refer to the Operation Section of this manual. 7. 2400.1 Programming Modem Waveform Parameters Table 2-7 lists the RF-5710A Modem configuration as shipped.9.

11 INSTALLATION CHECKOUT Installation checkout has three phases. which may be controllable from the DTE. Phase 3 tests all the functions of the RF-5710A Modem. Phase 2 covers the unit’s power up and preliminary tests. the DTE data rate must match the transmit and receive channel rates of the current operating waveform. or Recovered from the Transmit Data For synchronous DTE. 2-17 .9. the source of the transmit clock must be set as follows: • TX Clock: EXT for an external clock provided by a DTE to J2 pin 24 • TX Clock: INT for modem providing TX clock on J2 pin 15 • TX Clock: DATA for clock to be recovered from the incoming transmit data stream NOTE In synchronous operation. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2.10 SENDING DATA Data is sent by activating the RF-5710A Modem input. If the RF-5710A Modem fails to transmit the complete message.3 Synchronous DTE Program the RF-5710A Modem DATA PORT parameters to match the DTE settings. and that all support items are nearby. Invert) – use Normal for RS-232 interoperability and Invert for MIL-STD-188 compatibility • Tx Clock – Internal. External. Refer to the Operation Section of this manual. Phase 1 is a pre-energizing check to make sure that the unit is installed correctly. verify activity on the following signal lines: • RTS • CTS • TX DATA • TX CLK • RX CLK 2. The following parameters must be set for a synchronous DTE: • Polarity (Normal. 2.

• Check that system units are connected to ground. • Check that area cooling is adequate for removing heat that may develop during equipment operation.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM INSTALLATION 2. verify that the following items are completed: • All associated hardware is secure.2. preferably at a single point.11. Refer to Paragraph 6. run Built-In Test (BIT). 2. • Verify that the power source is of adequate capability and adequately protected for the radio system’s load. • Check securing hardware to be sure the equipment cannot be tipped over or moved. 2-18 . and that installation of the power cable is correct.11. Special preliminary tests are not necessary.2 Phase 2 – Initial Turn-On and Preliminary Tests To turn the unit on.1 Phase 1 – Installation Inspection and Pre-Power Up Procedures When the RF-5710A Modem is installed and all connector cables attached.2. refer to Paragraph 6.3. • Check any companion equipment. 2. or remote control. for operational readiness.3.11. such as the power supply.3 Phase 3 – Installation Verification Test To verify RF-5710A Modem performance.

The RF-5710A Modem operating parameters can be selected in two ways: • Use the FIELD.2 CONTROLS. SCROLL. and ENTER keys are located on the front panel together with a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) display that shows the RF-5710A Modem status and setup information. The front panel is shown in Figure 3-1. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION CHAPTER 3 OPERATION 3. Indicators.11. indicators. indicators. SCROLL. and Connectors 3-1 . and ENTER buttons to select the operating parameters. RF-5710A Modem Controls. INDICATORS. and connectors. AND CONNECTORS Figure 3-1 shows the RF-5710A Modem controls. The RF-5710A Modem has been designed for simplicity and ease of use. SCROLL MENU FIELD POWER SWITCH LCD BUTTONS BUTTON J1 J2 DTE J4 RADIO A ENTER ETHERNET CONNECTOR CONNECTOR BUTTON CONNECTOR GROUND J3 REMOTE J5 RADIO B J6 AC INPUT CONNECTOR CONNECTOR CONNECTOR 5710A-002A Figure 3-1. Table 3-1 describes the controls. 3. The FIELD.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter discusses the operational capabilities and limitations of the RF-5710A Modem and provides instruction on how to perform those operations. • Use an ASCII remote control terminal or remote control computer as described in Paragraph 3. and connectors.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
OPERATION

Table 3-1. RF-5710A Modem Controls, Indicators, and Connectors
Control/Indicator/Connector Function
POWER Switch Turns power to the RF-5710A Modem ON or
OFF.
SCROLL MENU Buttons Scrolls through operating parameters.
FIELD Button Scroll to select field.
ENTER Button Push to select operating parameter.
LCD Shows RF-5710A Modem status and setup
information.
J1 Ethernet Connector Ethernet interface provided for future
networking applications.
J2 DTE Connector Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) connector
used to connect the RF-5710A Modem to the
DTE or cryptographic equipment.
J4 Radio A Connector Normally used to connect the radio and a
Secondary Radio Connector (J5). Also
provides two keyline signals to allow the radio
to switch from receive to transmit.
J6 AC Input Connector AC power input connector used to supply the
RF-5710A Modem with its primary power.
J5 Radio B Connector Radio connector intended to support future
RF-5710A Modem capabilities that include
diversity reception and Independent Sideband
(ISB) transmission.
J3 Remote Connector Remote connector used to connect the
RF-5710A Modem to a remote control termi-
nal or computer.

3.3 MODEM POWER UP
The following paragraphs describes the initial start-up procedure for the RF-5710A Modem. Ensure that all
necessary cables are connected as described in this manual.
Perform the following procedure to power up the RF-5710A Modem:
a. Turn the power switch to the ON position. *INITIALIZING* BITE IN PROGRESS will appear in the
display. This indicates that the RF-5710A Modem is conducting a self-test with the Built-in Test
Equipment (BITE) program.
b. After several seconds, the display will show the current waveform operating parameters.
c. If these steps do not successfully occur in order, or if a failure is indicated during the BITE test, refer to
Paragraph 6.2 for RF-5710A Modem troubleshooting.

3-2

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
OPERATION

3.4 RF-5710A MODEM SELF-TEST
Perform the following procedure for an RF-5710A Modem self-test:
a. Push the FIELD button once. The keyword for the last field used will begin flashing. Push the FIELD
button until the waveform type is flashing in the upper left corner of the display.
b. Push one of the SCROLL buttons. Continue pushing the button until the word TEST appears in the
flashing display.
c. Push the ENTER button. The RF-5710A Modem self-test is the default choice and the word MODEM
will be flashing in the display.
d. Push the ENTER button. The RF-5710A Modem will briefly display WAIT FOR SELF TEST
RESULTS, then return to the RF-5710A Modem self-test screen.
e. After about ten seconds, if self-test is successful, the message MODEM SELF TEST PASSED will
display briefly. The RF-5710A Modem will then return to the modem self-test screen. If the self-test is
not successful, a fault message will display. Refer to Paragraph 6.2 for RF-5710A Modem
troubleshooting.
3.5 OPERATIONAL MODES
See Figure 3-2. To select a mode, push the FIELD button until the top left hand text in the LCD display is
blinking (the blinking text should be one of the Modes shown in Table 3-2). Push the SCROLL button to change
settings. Pushing ENTER will enter the setting and mode. Paragraphs 3.5.1 through 3.5.12 describe RF-5710A
Modem operational modes.
The operational modes of the RF-5710A Modem are shown in Table 3-2.
Table 3-2. RF-5710A Operational Modes
Mode Waveform(s)
5066G STANAG 5066 Annex G
5065 STANAG 5065
4539 STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4
(which is MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C)
4529 STANAG 4529
4481 STANAG 4481
4415 STANAG 4415
4285 STANAG 4285
110B–F MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F
(9600 – 19200 bps coded)
110B MIL-STD-188-110A
(150–2400 bps coded and 4800 uncoded)
MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C
(3200 – 9600 bps coded, 12800 bps uncoded)
STANAG 4415 75 bps
SERIAL MIL-STD-188-110B
39TONE MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B
FSK FSK
SETUP OPTIONS N/A
PRESET N/A
RESET N/A
VERSIONS–MD001 (or 002) N/A
TEST N/A

3-3

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
OPERATION

FIELD

Tx 2400L LOCAL
SERIAL
Rx Idle Pre:000

SCROLL

110B

F

ENTER

110B Tx 9600 L LOCAL

Rx Idle Pre:000

F

ENTER

110B Tx 9600 L LOCAL
DONE
Rx Idle Pre:000

5710B-600

Figure 3-2. Changing RF-5710A Operational Modes and Settings

3-4

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
OPERATION

3.5.1 SERIAL Tone (MIL-STD-188-110B) Mode Operation
The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the SERIAL tone
(MIL-STD-188-110B) waveform mode.
3.5.1.1 Serial Tone Front Panel Display
See Figure 3-3 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the
SERIAL tone mode.
3.5.1.2 Serial Tone Operation
See Figure 3-4 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the SERIAL tone mode. Perform the
following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during SERIAL tone operation:
a. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash.
b. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword SERIAL appears in the flashing display.
c. Push the FIELD button to select the SERIAL tone mode and move the cursor to the Transmit Data
Rate field. The field to the right of the word Tx will begin to flash.
d. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate.
e. Perform the following procedure if operating at less than 4800 bps:
1. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the Interleaving field.
2. Push the SCROLL button to select Interleaving: Long (L), Short (S), or Zero (Z).
NOTE
Long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate
but it causes a longer throughput delay (9.6 seconds). Short and
zero interleaving have shorter throughput delays (1.2 and 0.6
seconds respectively), but are more susceptible to transmission
errors.
f. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for SERIAL tone mode operation.

3-5

the choice of Zero. NOTE The MIL-STD-188-110B waveform provided only 1 bit in the preamble for interleaver specification. the maximum SNR displayed varies from 7 to 8. The Rx field of the front panel display will show the detected incoming data rate (bps) and interleaving setting: Long (L). and Long was not possible. Push the SCROLL buttons to highlight the new setting (see Figure 3-4).1. 3-6 .1. The RF-5710A Modem cannot receive while it is transmitting.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during SERIAL tone mode operation: a. Therefore.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-3). to the left of the label “Rx”. or Zero (Z). There will be no indication in the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) field. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. b. the maximum SNR displayed is 23. c. The Standard provided a solution which required coordination between transmit and receive site. 2. When there is no incoming receive signal (RX). For data rates 150 bps – 4800 bps. the RF-5710A Modem utilizes transmit priority.) For both sites to receive short and long interleaver.) For both sites to receive zero interleaver. In half-duplex operation. and a transmission will interrupt a receive operation.5. b. Short. Short (S). both modems TX parameters must be set to short or long. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will also show the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. the Rx display will show the word: Idle. 3. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. both modems TX parameters must be set to zero.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. For 75 bps.5. When a MIL-STD-188-110B serial tone signal is being received. the RF-5710A Modem automatically adjusts the data rate to the incoming signal. 3. This coordination is accomplished as follows: 1.

if not stored or has been modified Signal to Noise Ratio Receive Data Rate (bps) SNR of incoming signal. value displayed: 23 dB When no signal is received. Automatically adjusts to incoming signal. the display will show: Blank display indicates no Rx signal. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Transmit Data Rate (bps) Uncoded Coded Interleaving 4800 2400 (Coded Mode) 1200 600 LONG (L) 300 SHORT (S) 150 ZERO (Z) 75 Local/Remote MIL-STD-188-110B Indication SERIAL TONE Transmit Keyline LOCAL Indicator SERIAL Tx 2400L Presence of word KEY KEY 23 Rx 1200 S Pre:000 Preset Number indicates that output Asterisk added of transmitter keyline circuits are active. Max. Rx Idle 5710-301B Figure 3-3. SERIAL Tone Mode Front Panel Display 3-7 .

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL FIELD SERIAL Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 FIELD 4800 U 2400 SERIAL Tx 2400 L LOCAL 1200 Rx Idle Pre:00 600 SCROLL 300 FIELD 150 FIELD 75 SERIAL Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL F DONE FIELD ENTER 5710-302C SERIAL Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 F ENTER NOTE Pushing the enter button at any time will enter the displayed parameter choices and they will become the current waveform operating parameters. Figure 3-4. Serial Tone Mode Operation Flowchart 3-8 .

Push the SCROLL button to select Interleaving: Ultra Short (US). Left side (USB) indicates channel A When no signal is received. MIL-STD-188-110B Mode 3. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 110B appears in the flashing display.2 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) See Figure 3-6 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F mode. the display will show: Right side (LSB) indicates channel B Blank display indicates no Rx signal. Transmit & Receive Interleaving Data Rate (bps) (Coded Mode) MIL-STD-188-110B Coded VERY LONG (VL) Appendix F LONG (L) 19200 MEDIUM (M) 16000 12800 SHORT (S) 9600 VERY SHORT (VS) ULTRA SHORT (US) Transmit Keyline Indicator Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output 110B–F 9600L LOCAL Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active. value displayed: 63 dB Automatically adjusts to incoming signal. Long (L). RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.2. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during 110B mode operation: a.2 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the MIL-STD-188-110B mode. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. Push the FIELD button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit Data Rate field. b. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the interleaving field. Medium (M). Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. d.2.5. 3.5. f. 3-9 .5. c. Short (S). Very Short (VS). g. Very Long (VL). KEY 63 Rx 63 Pre:000 Preset Number Asterisk added if not stored Signal to Noise Ratio or has been modified Receive Data Rate (bps) Blank display indicate an SNR of incoming signal Rx signal present Max.1 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Front Panel Display See Figure 3-5 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F mode. e. The keyword 9600 will begin to flash. Rx Idle 5710B-601 Figure 3-5.

Medium (M). h. The maximum SNR is 63 dB. Short (S). and Very Long (VL).3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-13).2. When a MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F mode signal is being received.28 seconds). Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. Long (L). 3. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F mode operation: a.5. the Rx display will show the word: Idle.5. b. b. 3.5 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors. c. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F mode operation. Very Short (VS). 3-10 . Ultra Short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. The Rx field of the front panel display will show the detected incoming data rate (bps) and interleaving setting: Ultra Short (US). the RF-5710A Modem automatically adjusts the data rate to the incoming signal. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-7). The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will also show the SNR in dB in the lower left and right portion of the display.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Very Long Interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (17. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. There will be no indication in the SNR field. when there is no incoming receive signal.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a.2. to the left and right of the label “Rx”. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.

MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F Mode Flowchart 3-11 . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 SCROLL SCROLL 110B–F F ENTER 110B–F Tx 9600 L LOCAL 19200 Rx Idle Pre:000 16000 SCROLL 12800 FIELD FIELD 9600 110B–F Tx 9600 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 VL L SCROLL M F DONE FIELD ENTER S LOCAL VS 110B–F Tx 9600L US Rx Idle Pre:000 5710B-602 Figure 3-6.

2 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The 110B mode of operation consists of three waveforms. MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix C and STANAG 4415 (4415 is the same waveform as 75 bps MIL-STD-188-110B with a tougher receive performance requirement). VL Appendix C 4800. 300. L 3-12 .800 VERY LONG (VL) 6400 LONG (L) 4800 MEDIUM (M) 3200 SHORT (S) 2400 VERY SHORT (VS) 1200 ULTRA SHORT (US) 600 ZERO (Z) Transmit Keyline 150 75 Indicator Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output 110B 9600L LOCAL Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active. S. 600. Table 3-3. L 150 MIL-STD-188-110B 9600. 8000. the interleaver selection depends on the data rate.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. VS. see Table 3-3. S. Receive Data Rate (bps) if not stored Max. 4800 bps Z. Blank display indicates no Rx signal. 3200 STANAG 4415 75 NA Z. When no signal is received. value displayed: 63 dB or has been modified Automatically adjusts to incoming signal.5. 12800 bps US. Because the 110B mode consists of three waveforms.3.3 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the MIL-STD-188-110B mode. S. Waveform Data Rates Waveform Coded Uncoded Interleavers Sizes MIL-STD-188-110B 2400. MIL-STD-188-110B. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) Interleaving Coded Uncoded (Coded Mode) 9600 12. 3.5. 6400.1 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Front Panel Display See Figure 3-7 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the MIL-STD-188-110B Mode.800 MIL-STD-188-110B 8000 4. M.5.3. 1200. L. MIL-STD-188-110B Mode 3. the display will show: Rx Idle 5710B-603 Figure 3-7. KEY 63 Rx Pre:000 Preset Number Signal to Noise Ratio Asterisk added SNR of incoming signal.

b. There will be no indication in the SNR field.5 seconds). g. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. to the left of the label “Rx”. c. Medium (M). Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the MIL-STD-188-110B Mode operation: a. when there is no incoming receive signal.5. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the MIL-STD-188-110B Mode operation.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-13). f.5. Ultra short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. and Very Long (VL). Long (L).4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. The maximum SNR is 63 dB. Very Short (VS). Push the SCROLL button to select Interleaving: Zero (Z).28 seconds). Very Short (VS). b. d. Short (S). Short (S). Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during 110B mode operation: a. c. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION See Figure 3-8 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the MIL-STD-188-110B mode. e.3. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. 3-13 . During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem. h. The Rx field of the front panel display will show the detected incoming data rate (bps) and interleaving setting: Ultra Short (US). 3. the RF-5710A Modem automatically adjusts the data rate to the incoming signal. b. NOTE Very long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (17. but is more susceptible to transmission errors. The keyword 9600 will begin to flash. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-7). Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. Medium (M). Push the FIELD button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit Data Rate field. 3. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Ultra Short (US).3. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the interleaving field. When a MIL-STD-188-110B Mode signal is being received. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 110B appears in the flashing display. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will also show the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. Long (L). the Rx display will show the word: Idle. Very Long (VL).

MIL-STD-188-110B Mode Flowchart 3-14 .800 U F 4800 ENTER 3200 2400 110B Tx 9600 L LOCAL 1200 Rx Idle Pre:000 600 SCROLL 300 FIELD 150 FIELD 75 110B Tx 9600 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 VL L SCROLL F DONE FIELD M ENTER S 110B Tx 9600L LOCAL VS Rx Idle Pre:000 US Z 5710B-604 Figure 3-8.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 SCROLL SCROLL 12.800 U 9600 110B 8000 6400 4.

Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. Push the ENTER button to select the 39TONE mode.5.5. 3. c. Max. Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Interleaving value as Tx. Perform the following procedure if operating in Coded mode: 1. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 39TONE appears in the flashing display. 3-15 . Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the interleaving field. Short (S). 39TONE Mode Front Panel Display 3. f.4. Preset Number Asterisk added Signal to Noise Ratio if not stored or has been modified SNR of incoming signal.5. the display will show: Rx Idle 5710-605 Figure 3-9. e. 2. Alternate Long (AL) or Alternate Short (AS).4.2 39TONE Operation See Figure 3-10 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the 39TONE mode.1 39TONE Front Panel Display See Figure 3-9 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39TONE mode. When no signal is received. d. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.4 39TONE Mode Operation The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the 39TONE waveform mode. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during 39TONE tone operation: a. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. Interleaving (Coded Mode) Transmit & Receive LONG (L) SHORT (S) MIL-STD 188-110B Data Rate (bps) ALTERNATE LONG (AL) Coded APPENDIX B ALTERNATE SHORT (AS) 2400 1200 600 300 Transmit Keyline 150 Indicator 39TONE 1200L LOCAL 75 KEY 40 Rx Pre:000 Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active. Push the SCROLL button to select interleaving: Long (L). The keyword 2400 will begin to flash. b. Push the ENTER button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit and Receive Data Rate field. value displayed: 40 dB Receive Data Rate (bps) Blank display indicates no Rx signal.

Short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. There will be no indication in the SNR field. b. 3. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.24 seconds). When there is an incoming receive signal present. Push ENTER to enter the new setting.5.5. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the 39TONE mode operation: a.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (10. 3. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the transmit settings. next to the “Rx” label. b. g. The maximum SNR value displayed is 40 dB. c.4. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-26). The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”. when there is no incoming receive signal.85 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors.4. 3-16 . Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the 39TONE mode operation.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-25). Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. the Rx display will show the word: Idle.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 39TONE F ENTER 2400 39TONE Tx 2400 L LOCAL 1200 Rx Idle Pre:00 600 SCROLL 300 150 FIELD FIELD 75 39TONE Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 L F SCROLL DONE FIELD S ENTER AL 5710-606 39TONE Tx 2400L LOCAL AS Rx Idle Pre:00 Figure 3-10. 39TONE Mode Operation Flowchart 3-17 .

Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. Push the FIELD button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit Data Rate field.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. 3-18 . Long (L).2 STANAG 4539 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) See Figure 3-12 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4539 mode. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) Interleaving (Coded Mode) STANAG 4539 Coded Uncoded ANNEX B VERY LONG (VL) 9600 12. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword STANAG 4539 appears in the flashing display.5 STANAG 4539 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the MIL-STD-188-110B mode. Push ENTER to enter the new setting.5. c.5. 3. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during 110B mode operation: a.1 STANAG 4539 Mode Front Panel Display See Figure 3-11 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 4539 mode. Blank display indicates no Rx signal. Short (S). the display will show: Rx Idle 5710B-607 Figure 3-11. value displayed: 63 dB Automatically adjusts to incoming signal. g. Very Short (VS).5. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the interleaving field. b. Medium (M). Push the SCROLL button to select interleaving: Ultra Short (US). The keyword 9600 will begin to flash. Very Long (VL).5.5. STANAG 4539 Mode 3. d. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. When no signal is received. e. f. KEY 63 Rx Pre:000 Preset Number Asterisk added if not stored Signal to Noise Ratio or has been modified SNR of incoming signal Receive Data Rate (bps) Max.800 LONG (L) 8000 MEDIUM (M) 6400 SHORT (S) 4800 VERY SHORT (VS) 3200 ULTRA SHORT (US) Transmit Keyline Indicator Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output 4539 9600L LOCAL Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active.

3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-13). 3. Ultra short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the STANAG 4539 mode operation. when there is no incoming receive signal.5. and Very Long (VL). There will be no indication in the SNR field.28 seconds). Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Short (S). the RF-5710A Modem automatically adjusts the data rate to the incoming signal. When a STANAG 4539 mode signal is being received. b. the Rx display will show the word: Idle. 3.5.5 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors. Very Short (VS). 3-19 . Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the STANAG 4539 mode operation: a. Long (L). The maximum SNR is 63 dB. b.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will also show the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing.5. h. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-7).5. to the left of the label “Rx”. Medium (M). The Rx field of the front panel display will show the detected incoming data rate (bps) and interleaving setting: Ultra Short (US). RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Very long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (17. c. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.

800 U 4539 9600 Rx Idle Pre:000 8000 SCROLL 6400 FIELD 4800 FIELD 3200 4539 Tx 9600 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 VL L SCROLL M F DONE ENTER FIELD S VS 4539 Tx 9600L LOCAL US Rx Idle Pre:000 5710B-608 Figure 3-12. STANAG 4539 Mode Flowchart 3-20 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:000 SCROLL SCROLL 4539 F ENTER Tx 9600 L LOCAL 12.

Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 5066 Annex G tone operation: a. d. c. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.2 STANAG 5066 Annex G Operation See Figure 3-14 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 5066 Annex G mode. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. e. STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Front Panel Display 3. Push the FIELD button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit and Receive Data Rate field. The keyword 9600 will begin to flash. Interleaving value as Tx.800 8000 SHORT (S) 6400 ZERO (Z) 4800 3200 Transmit Keyline Indicator Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output 5066G 9600L LOCAL Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active.6. When no signal is received. Push the SCROLL button to select interleaving: Double Long (DL).1 STANAG 5066 Annex G Front Panel Display See Figure 3-13 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 5066 Annex G mode.5. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 5066G appears in the flashing display.5.6. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. KEY 63 Rx Pre:000 Preset Number Signal to Noise Ratio Asterisk added SNR of incoming signal. Short (S). 3-21 . value displayed: 63 dB or has been modified Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Blank display indicates no Rx signal.6 STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 5066 Annex G waveform mode. b. Long (L). the display will show: Rx Idle 5710B-500A Figure 3-13. Receive Data Rate (bps) if not stored Max. 3. f.5. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the Interleaving field. Transmit & Receive Interleaving Data Rate (bps) (Coded Mode) Coded Uncoded DOUBLE LONG (DL) NATO STANAG 5066 ANNEX G LONG (L) 9600 12. or Zero (Z).

the Rx display will show the word: Idle.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. When there is an incoming receive signal present. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-14).5 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors. b. The maximum SNR value displayed is 63 dB. 3.5. 3-22 . Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the STANAG 5066 Annex G mode operation: a.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Double long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (20. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the STANAG 5066 Annex G mode operation. c. The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”. Push ENTER to enter the new setting.6.48 seconds). when there is no incoming receive signal.6.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-13). During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem. There will be no indication in the SNR field. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. Zero interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. 3.5. next to the “Rx” label. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. b. g.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 5066G F ENTER SCROLL 12.800 U 5066G Tx 9600 L LOCAL 9600 Rx Idle Pre:00 8000 6400 FIELD FIELD 4800 3200 5066G Tx 9600 LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 DL F SCROLL L DONE FIELD ENTER S 5066G Tx 9600LL LOCAL Z Rx Idle Pre:00 5710B-501B Figure 3-14. STANAG 5066 Annex G Mode Operation Flowchart 3-23 .

MSK FSK 300 75 NATO STANAG 5065 5065–M KEY 000T0 RMT:01 Local/Remote 300b 30 000R0 Pr: 000 Indication Transmit and Receive Data Rate (bps) Preset Number Asterisk added if not stored or has been modified Signal to Noise Ratio SNR of incoming signal. Adjust in increments of 5 Hz. STANAG 5065–M Mode Front Panel Display 3-24 . 5710B-502B Figure 3-15.7.5.1 STANAG 5065 Front Panel Display See Figures 3-15 and 3-16 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 5065 mode. indicates that output MSK (–M) of transmitter keyline FSK (–F) circuits are active.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. Transmit Keyline Transmit Frequency Offset Indicator Mode Center frequency 200 HZ. Center frequency 200 Hz.7 STANAG 5065 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 5065 waveform mode.5. 3. Adjust in Presence of word KEY increments of 5 Hz. Receive Frequency Offset Idle indicates no RX signal present.

Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 5065 appears in the flashing display.5. e. 5710B-553B Refer to Paragraph 3. Push the SCROLL buttons to select MSK or FSK mode. FSK is limited to 75 bps. NOTE MSK operation will transmit data at 300 bps. d.7. c. Figure 3-16. Push the ENTER button to select the 5065 mode and move the cursor to MSK/FSK (–M/–F) field. Push the ENTER button to select the desired mode. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. MSK (–M) indicates that output FSK (–F) of transmitter keyline circuits are active. Adjust in offset until the TMtr reads increments of 5 Hz. whereas. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. 9=max if not stored or has been modified The Tune Meter is used to compensate for a radio Receive Frequency Offset frequency inaccuracy. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 5065 tone operation: a.8. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-17). STANAG 5065-F Mode Front Panel Display 3. MSK FSK 300 75 NATO STANAG 5065 5065–F KEY 000T0 RMT:01 75b TMtr: 0 000R0 Pr:000 Transmit and Receive Local/Remote Data Rate (bps) Indication Preset Number Tune Meter Asterisk added 0=min. 3-25 . maximum value up to 9.2 STANAG 5065 Operation See Figure 3-17 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 5065 mode. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the STANAG 5065 mode operation: a. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. b. The –M or –F field will begin to flash. Manually adjust the receive frequency Center frequency 200 Hz. Adjust in Presence of word KEY increments of 5 Hz. b.5. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Transmit Frequency Offset Transmit Keyline Indicator Mode Center frequency 200 Hz. c.5.

5.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. STANAG 5065 Mode Operation Flowchart 3-26 . 3.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-16). The maximum SNR value that is displayed is 33 dB.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. when there is no incoming receive signal. the Rx display will show the word: Idle. The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”. next to the “Rx” label. When there is an incoming receive signal present. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.5. b. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. There will be no indication in the SNR field.7.7. SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 5065 F ENTER SCROLL MSK F FSK ENTER 5065 –M FIELD DONE 5065–M KEY 000T0 RMT:01 300b 30 000R0 Pr: 000 5710B-503A Figure 3-17.

c. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 4529 operation: a.1 STANAG 4529 Front Panel Display See Figure 3-18 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 4529 waveform mode.5. Blank display indicates no Rx signal. When no signal is received.8. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 4529 appears in the flashing display. Push the ENTER button to select the 4529 mode and move the cursor to Coded/Uncoded (–C/–U) field. Push the SCROLL buttons to select Coded or Uncoded mode. b.5. NOTE Coded operation will result in the most error free data transfer. Max. 3-27 . STANAG 4529 Mode Front Panel Display 3.2 STANAG 4529 Operation See Figure 3-19 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4529 mode. the display will show: Rx Idle 5710-303C Figure 3-18.5. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.8. Push the ENTER button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit and Receive Data Rate field. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) FEC Coding Uncoded Coded Coded (–C) 1800 1200 1200 600 Uncoded (–U) 600 Interleaving 300 NATO STANAG 4529 150 (Coded Mode) 75 LONG (L) SHORT (S) Transmit Keyline 4529 –C 1200 L LOCAL Indicator Local/Remote KEY 23 Rx 1200 Pre:000 Indication Presence of word KEY indicates that output of transmitter keyline Preset Number circuits are active. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. The –C or –U field will begin to flash.8 STANAG 4529 Mode Operation The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4529 waveform mode. Asterisk added if not stored or has been modified Signal to Noise Ratio Receive Data Rate (bps) SNR of incoming signal. value displayed: 23 dB Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Interleaving value as Tx. d. The Transmit and Receive Data Rate field will begin to flash. e. 3.

2. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the Interleaving field. 3. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Push the SCROLL button to select Interleaving: Long (L).7 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors. h.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-18). The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will show the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. 3-28 .8.5. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem. when there is no incoming receive signal (RX) the Rx display will show the word: Idle. Short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (1. 3. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-19). the RF-5710A Modem will operate at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for STANAG 4529 mode operation.5 seconds). Perform the following procedure if operating in Coded mode: 1. b. g. next to the “Rx” label.4 Receive Signal Indications Perform the following procedure for receive signal indications: a. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during STANAG 4529 mode operation: a. NOTE Long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but will cause the longest throughput delay (20. or Short (S). The maximum SNR value that is displayed is 23 dB. b. When there is an incoming receive signal present.8. c. There will be no indication in the SNR field.5.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION f.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 4529 F SCROLL Coded F ENTER Uncoded ENTER 4529 –Coded F ENTER 4529–C Tx 1200 L LOCAL 1200 Rx Idle Pre:00 600 SCROLL 300 FIELD FIELD 150 75 4529–C Tx 1200 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 L SCROLL F DONE FIELD S ENTER 5710-304D 4529 –C Tx 1200L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 Figure 3-19. STANAG 4529 Mode Operation Flowchart 3-29 .

5. Preset Number Asterisk added Signal to Noise Ratio if not stored or has been modified SNR of incoming signal.1 STANAG 4481 Front Panel Display See Figures 3-20 and 3-21 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 4481 mode.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. STANAG 4481-P Mode Front Panel Display 3-30 . 3. When no signal is received. the display will show: Rx Idle 5710A-504A Figure 3-20.9 STANAG 4481 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4481 waveform mode. Max. value displayed: 23 dB Receive Data Rate (bps) Blank display indicates no Rx signal. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) Mode PSK (–P) PSK FSK FSK (–F) 300 75 Interleaving NATO STANAG 4481 (PSK Mode) LONG (L) Transmit Keyline Indicator 4481–P 300L LOCAL KEY 23 Rx Pre:000 Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active.9.5. Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Interleaving value as Tx.

b. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 4481 appears in the flashing display. The –Por –F field will begin to flash. adjust Presence of word KEY for maximum tune meter value. c. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. e. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Transmit Keyline Receive Frequency Offset Indicator Center frequency 200 Hz. 3-31 . 3. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the STANAG 4481 mode operation: a. indicates that output of transmitter keyline NATO STANAG 4481 circuits are active. Push the ENTER button to select the 4481 mode and move the cursor to PSK/FSK (–P/–F) field.9. Push the SCROLL buttons to select PSK or FSK mode. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-20).2 STANAG 4481 Operation See Figure 3-22 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4481 mode. c. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-22).5. Tune Meter 0 = min. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 4481 tone operation: a. Push the ENTER button to select the desired mode. STANAG 4481–F Mode Front Panel Display 3. 9 = max Local/Remote LOCAL Indication 4481–F KEY 000: 0 600b 2000 +/– 425 Pre:000 Preset Number Transmit and Receive Asterisk added Data Rate if not stored or has been modified Center Frequency and Shift Figure 3-21. d.5.9. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash. b.

When there is an incoming receive signal present.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. STANAG 4481 Mode Operation Flowchart 3-32 . b. the Rx display will show the word: Idle. next to the “Rx” label. There will be no indication in the SNR field. when there is no incoming receive signal. The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”. SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 4481 F PSK F ENTER SCROLL FSK ENTER 4481 –P 4481–P Tx 300 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 5710A-505B Figure 3-22.5. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. The maximum SNR value displayed is 23 dB.9.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.

Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the Interleaving field. b. Push the ENTER button to select the 4415 mode. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. STANAG 4415 Mode Front Panel Display 3. Perform the following procedure if operating at less than 4800 bps: 1. 3. Short (S). value displayed: 7 dB Receive Data Rate (bps) Blank display indicates no Rx signal. or Zero (Z). Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash.2 STANAG 4415 Operation See Figure 3-24 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4415 mode. Push the SCROLL button to select interleaving: Long (L). 3-33 . Preset Number Asterisk added Signal to Noise Ratio if not stored or has been modified SNR of incoming signal. 2.1 STANAG 4415 Front Panel Display See Figure 3-23 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 4415 mode. c. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 4415 tone operation: a.5. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) 75 Interleaving NATO STANAG 4415 LONG (L) SHORT (S) ZERO (Z) Transmit Keyline Indicator 4415 75L LOCAL KEY 7 Rx Pre:000 Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active.5.5. the display will show: Rx Idle 5710A-506B Figure 3-23. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 4415 appears in the flashing display.10 STANAG 4415 Mode Operation (RF-5710A-MD001 Only) The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4415 waveform mode. Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Interleaving value as Tx. Max. d. When no signal is received.10.10.

next to the “Rx” label. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-24). 3. When there is an incoming receive signal present. 3.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for STANAG 4415 mode operation. Short and zero interleaving have shorter throughput delays (1.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes a longer throughput delay (9.6 seconds respectively).5.2 and 0. e. The maximum SNR value displayed is 7 dB. but are more susceptible to transmission errors. b. SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 4415 75 L LOCAL Rx Idle LONG SCROLL SHORT F DONE ZERO ENTER 5710A-507B Figure 3-24.10. when there is no incoming receive signal. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. the Rx display will show the word: Idle. There will be no indication in the SNR field.5.10. STANAG 4415 Mode Operation Flowchart 3-34 . The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”.6 seconds).

the display will show: Rx Idle 5710-310A Figure 3-25. d. 3.5. NOTE Coded operation will result in the most error free data transfer. Push either SCROLL button (if necessary) until the keyword 4285 appears in the flashing display. The keyword 2400 will begin to flash. Preset Number Asterisk added Signal to Noise Ratio if not stored or has been modified SNR of incoming signal. Max. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. Push the ENTER button to select the desired mode and move the cursor to the Transmit and Receive Data Rate field. 3-35 . b. Push the ENTER button to select the 4285 mode and move the cursor to Coded/Uncoded (–C/–U) field. Automatically locked at same Data Rate and Interleaving value as Tx.5. STANAG 4285 Mode Front Panel Display 3.5. e.11 STANAG 4285 Mode Operation The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4285 waveform mode. Push the SCROLL buttons to select Coded or Uncoded mode. value displayed: 23 dB Receive Data Rate (bps) Blank display indicates no Rx signal. c. Transmit & Receive Data Rate (bps) FEC Coding Coded (–C) Interleaving Uncoded (–U) (Coded Mode) Uncoded Coded NATO STANAG 4285 LONG (L) 3600 2400 SHORT (S) 2400 1200 1200 600 300 150 Transmit Keyline Indicator 4285–C 1200L LOCAL 75 KEY 23 Rx Pre:000 Presence of word KEY Local/Remote indicates that output Indication of transmitter keyline circuits are active. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash.2 STANAG 4285 Operation See Figure 3-26 for the operation flowchart of the RF-5710A Modem in the STANAG 4285 mode. The –C or –U field will begin to flash.11. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during STANAG 4285 tone operation: a. When no signal is received.1 STANAG 4285 Front Panel Display See Figure 3-25 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel display during operation in the STANAG 4285 mode.11.

Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during the STANAG 4285 mode operation: a. 2. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting (see Figure 3-26). Push ENTER to enter the new setting. Push the SCROLL button to select interleaving: Long (L). 3. the RF-5710A Modem will receive at the same data rate and interleaver setting as the Transmit settings. the Rx display will show the word: Idle.5. c.11.5. 3-36 . Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate.85 seconds) but is more susceptible to transmission errors. The front panel of the RF-5710A Modem will display the SNR in dB in the lower left portion of the display. or Short (S). NOTE Long interleaving will generally provide the lowest bit error rate but it causes the longest throughput delay (10. Push the FIELD button to enter the displayed data rate and move the cursor to the Interleaving field. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. g. Perform the following procedure if operating in Coded mode: 1.4 Receive Signal Indications The following receive signal indications are provided: a. next to the “Rx” label. Push ENTER to enter the parameters for the STANAG 4285 mode operation.11. During full-duplex operation of the RF-5710A Modem.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION f. There will be no indication in the SNR field. The “Rx Idle” display will be replaced by “Rx”.24 seconds). b.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figure 3-25). b. when there is no incoming receive signal. When there is an incoming receive signal present. Short interleaving has a shorter throughput delay (0. 3. The maximum SNR value displayed is 23 dB. h.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL 4285 SCROLL Coded F Uncoded ENTER 4285 –C F ENTER 2400 4285–C Tx 2400 L LOCAL 1200 Rx Idle Pre:00 600 SCROLL 300 150 FIELD FIELD 75 4285–C Tx 2400 L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 L F SCROLL DONE FIELD S ENTER 5710-311B 4285 –C Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 Figure 3-26. STANAG 4285 Mode Operation Flowchart 3-37 .

5 for further information about adjusting the Receive Frequency Offset. 3.5.12.12. See Figure 3-27. f. If VARIABLE SHIFT mode is selected. Refer to Paragraph 3. this parameter should be adjusted for maximum value on the tune meter.2 FSK Operation See Figures 3-28 and 3-30 for the operation flowcharts of the RF-5710A Modem in the FSK mode. Perform the following procedure to select the waveform parameters available during FSK operation: a. Push the FIELD button once more to enter the Receive Frequency Offset value and move the cursor to the Transmit Data Rate field. Push the ENTER button to enter the displayed data rate and the parameters for FSK mode operation. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired data rate. The FSK shift type keyword will begin to flash. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner begins to flash.12 Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) Mode Operation The following paragraphs describe operation of the RF-5710A Modem in the FSK waveform mode. Push either SCROLL button if necessary.5. c. 3-38 .5. e. b. NOTE Wide Shift is the factory default setting. Push the FIELD button until the appropriate parameter keyword is flashing. When receiving an incoming signal.12.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.5. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the desired center frequency and space/mark shift as shown in the display window. h.5. 3.12. Push the SCROLL buttons to select the new setting. Push the ENTER button to select the FSK mode and move the cursor to the Shift field. Push ENTER to enter the new setting. See Figures 3-28 and 3-30. For initial operation. this field should normally be set at 000. Perform the following procedure to change any of the operating parameters during FSK mode operation: a. d. b.1 FSK Mode Front Panel Display See Figures 3-27 and 3-29 for layout and description of the RF-5710A Modem front panel displays during operation in the FSK mode. Push the ENTER button to enter the desired mode and move the cursor to the Receive Frequency Offset field. g.12.3 Transmit Keyline Indications The presence of the word KEY on the front panel display indicates that the output of the transmitter keyline circuits have been activated by the RF-5710A Modem (see Figures 3-27 and 3-29). 3. until the keyword FSK appears in the flashing display.4 for information on adjusting the mark and space frequencies.5. refer to Paragraph 3.

Adjust FSK Narrow Shift (FSKNS) Presence of word KEY for maximum tune meter value. 5710-305C Figure 3-27. FSK Alternate Wide (FSKA) indicates that output FSK Variable Shift (FSKV) of transmitter keyline circuits are active. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION FSK Type Transmit Keyline Receive Frequency Offset Indicator FSK Wide Shift (FSKWS) Center Frequency + 200 Hz. FSK Mode Front Panel Display (FSKWS. FSKA) 3-39 . Tune Meter 0 = min.5 Hz FSKA 2000 ± 85 Hz FSKV – See Figure 3-29. FSKNS. 9 = max FSK (Frequency Shift Keying) Local/Remote FSK WS KEY 000: 0 LOCAL Indication Data Rate (bps) 600b 2000 +/– 425 Pre:000 Half & Full-Duplex FSKWS FSKNS FSKA FSKV Preset Number 600b 100b 150b 600b 300b 75b 100b 300b Asterisk added 150b 50b 75b 150b if not stored 100b 50b 100b 75b 75b Center Frequency and Shift or has been modified 50b 50b FSKWS 2000 ± 425 Hz FSKNS 2805 ± 42.

.5 FSK Wide Shift Alt.. FSK Mode Operation Flowchart (FSKWS.. FSKA) 3-40 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL FSK F SCROLL Wide Shift 2000 +/– 425 ENTER Narrow Shift 2805 +/– 42.0. FSKNS. ENTER 2000 +/– 425 F ENTER 000: 0 LOCAL 5 Hz Steps Pre:00 +200 600b 2000 +/– 425 . Wide 2000 +/– 85 F Variable See Figure 3-30.. SCROLL FIELD FIELD –200 FSKWS 000: 0 LOCAL 600b 2000 +/– 425 Pre:00 FSKWS FSKNS FSKA 600b 100b 150b F DONE SCROLL 300b 75b 100b ENTER 150b 50b 75b FIELD 100b 50b FSK WS 000: 0 LOCAL 75b 600b 2000 +/– 425 Pre:00 50b 5710-306E Figure 3-28.

FSK Alternate Wide (FSKA) indicates that output FSK Variable Shift (FSKV) of transmitter keyline circuits are active. Adjust Presence of word KEY for maximum tune meter value. Tune Meter FSK 0 = min. FSK Variable (FSKV) Mode Front Panel Display 3-41 . 50 the recommended range of 75 50 35 frequencies is: Space = 350 –2999 Hz Mark = 350 – 2999 Hz 5710-307C Figure 3-29. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION FSK Type Transmit Keyline Indicator Receive Frequency Offset FSK Wide Shift (FSKWS) FSK Narrow Shift (FSKNS) Center Frequency ± 200 Hz. 9 = max (Frequency Shift Keying) Local/Remote FSK V KEY 000: 0 LOCAL Indication Data Rate (bps) 300b 1070 M 1275 S Pre:000 Half & Full-Duplex Preset Number FSKWS FSKNS FSKA FSKV Asterisk added 100b 150b if not stored 600b 600b 300b 75b 100b 300b MARK & SPACE or has been modified 150b 50b 75b Frequency (Hz) 50b 150b 100b 100b RECOMMENDED MINIMUM 75b 75b SEPARATION BETWEEN MARK 50b 50b AND SPACE FREQUENCIES FSKV Variable Mode Space = 50 – 2999 Hz Mark = 50 – 2999 Hz RATE (bps) SEPARATION (Hz) 600 400 300 200 NOTE 150 100 100 67 For HF radio communication.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SERIAL Tx 2400L LOCAL Rx Idle Pre:00 SCROLL SCROLL FSK SCROLL FSK Variable Wide Shift See Figure 3-28 F Narrow Shift See Figure 3-28 ENTER Alt.0.. Use same procedure for selecting space frequency... Wide See Figure 3-28 Variable +200 000: 0 LOCAL 5 Hz Steps FSKV .. FSK Variable Shift Mode (FSKV) Operation Flowchart 3-42 . 300b 1070M 1275S Pre:00 FIELD SCROLL –200 FIELD FIELD FSKV 000: 0 LOCAL FSKV 300b 1070M 1275S Pre:00 600b SCROLL 300b 150b FIELD 100b FIELD 75b FSKV 000: 0 LOCAL 50b 300b 1070 M 1275S Pre:00 FIELD 0 0 0 0 FSKV 000: 0 1 1 1 1 SCROLL SCROLL 300b 1 070 ? 1275S 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 Note: 4 4 4 Procedure for selecting mark frequency is shown. 5 5 5 FIELD 6 6 6 F 7 7 7 ENTER FSK V 000: 0 LOCAL 8 8 8 300b 1070M 1275 S Pre:00 9 9 9 DONE 5710-308G Figure 3-30.

5. The Receive Frequency Offset should be adjusted until a maximum tune meter value is achieved. Push either SCROLL button. Recommended Minimum Separation Between Mark and Space Frequencies Rate Separation (bps) (Hz) 600 400 300 200 150 100 100 67 75 50 50 35 3. 2. Push the SCROLL button until the desired digit appears in the display. as shown on the front panel display of the RF-5710A Modem.12. Push either SCROLL button while observing the tune meter value for an increase or decrease. Push the ENTER button to enter the displayed mark or space frequency and the parameters for FSK Variable Shift mode operation.5. it may be necessary to adjust the Receive Frequency Offset value in order to maximize the quality of the incoming signal and minimize the data bit error rate. M (or S) will change to ? and the first digit (thousands place) of the frequency value to be changed will begin to flash. the center frequency is internally calculated. Push the FIELD button to shift to the next column to the right.12. perform the following procedure to adjust the mark and/or space frequencies: a. 1. 3-43 . c. Push the FIELD button until the letter M in the Mark field (or S in the Space field) is flashing in the display. perform the following procedure: a. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. See Figures 3-29 and 3-30. pushing the FIELD button shifts the cursor to the first column.5 Receive Frequency Offset Adjustment When operating the RF-5710A Modem in FSK mode. The ENTER button may be pushed at any time to enter the displayed mark or space frequency. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the desired frequency value appears in the display. b. b. The tune meter value is a relative value with 9 being the best possible value on the tune meter. See Figures 3-27 and 3-28. Push the FIELD button until the Receive Frequency Offset display is flashing. The lowest possible tune meter value is 0. The Receive Frequency Offset may be adjusted up to 200 Hz above or 200 Hz below the center frequency in increments of 5 Hz. If it is necessary to adjust the Receive Frequency Offset value. If the last column is flashing. If necessary. the mark and space frequencies may be set to any value in the range of 50 Hz – 2999 Hz (in 1 Hz increments). In FSK Variable Shift mode. Table 3-4. Table 3-4 shows the recommended minimum separation between mark and space frequencies and the maximum useable data rates which can be achieved with that separation. The associated ? will change to M (or S). representing a very poor signal or no incoming signal at all.4 FSK Variable Shift Mode Operation – Adjusting Mark and Space Frequencies While operating the RF-5710A Modem in FSK Variable Shift mode.

1. See Figure 3-32. Perform the following procedure to access the Setup Options Menu: a. Continue pushing the SCROLL button until the tune meter value increases and begins to decrease. Push the opposite SCROLL button until a maximum tune meter value is displayed.6 Special Considerations The FSK mode supports operation at 50 bps using asynchronous DTE interface connections. To continue in Setup Options mode in the same menu group: (a. c.5. g. 3. These messages appear on the front panel when the RF-5710A Modem is under local control and on the remote terminal when the RF-5710A Modem is under remote control. (b. 3. Push the ENTER button to enter the displayed Receive Frequency Offset value and the parameters for FSK mode operation. Push either SCROLL button until the words SETUP OPTIONS can be seen in the flashing display. For the data port group. go to Step h. If a decrease is observed. b. push the opposite SCROLL button until the tune meter value begins to increase. Push the FIELD button until the words EXIT SETUP can be seen in the flashing display. Push either SCROLL button until the name of the desired menu group is in the flashing display. As a general rule. DTE data rate. Push the FIELD button to branch to the item setup list to the right of the flashing field (if it has one). Push the ENTER button to enter the Setup Options mode. Push the FIELD button until the keyword in the upper left hand corner of the display is flashing.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 1. parameter selection must be performed such that a valid configuration is always selected. 3-44 . To exit Setup Options mode. 2. The RF-5710A Modem software prevents the selection of parameters which represent an invalid configuration and provides messages which indicate why the selected configuration is invalid. 3. and FSK channel rate) cannot be configured.) Push the FIELD button to move to the sub-menu. push the ENTER button. Push either SCROLL button until the name of the desired choice is in the flashing display. e. Push the ENTER button to branch to the appropriate sub-menu.5.12. f.) Return to Step e (above) and continue. Push either SCROLL button until the name of the desired item to be changed is in the flashing display. DTE data rate and FSK channel rate should be selected last when entering and first when leaving 50 bps FSK operation. then push ENTER. c. The display will stop flashing. h. If it does not. In order to ensure that an unsupported combination of RF-5710A Modem parameters (DTE interface. 2. d. 1. SYNC or ASYNC. use either SCROLL button to select ELECTRICAL. 2.13 Setup Options Menu The following paragraphs describes how to access the Setup Options Menu on the RF-5710A Modem and configure the less frequently changed parameters.

13.) Return to Step d (above) and continue. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time.13. (c. (The initial preamble is a synchronization sequence which the RF-5710A Modem transmits at the start of a message. In half-duplex operation. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a Request-to-Send (RTS) from the data source while it is receiving a signal.1. 3. Transmit has priority. In half-duplex operation. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time.5.13.13.13.2 SETUP 5066G The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the STANAG 5066 Annex G mode. 3. ON) The Acquisition on Data feature allows the RF-5710A Modem to acquire synchronization to an incoming message without requiring initial preamble detection. (b.3. Setting Acquisition on Data OFF will cause the RF-5710A Modem to synchronize only on the initial preamble. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.5. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.) This feature is useful in continuous broadcast systems and in systems where the start of a message could be missed due to severe channel fading.5.5. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. To continue in Setup Options mode and change to a different menu group: (a.5. 3. 3.5.2 Acquisition on Data (OFF.) Push either SCROLL button until the words more SETUP options can be seen in the flashing display. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation. 3. This setting is recommended for most applications.13.5. 3. In half-duplex operation. Transmit has priority.3.1 Duplex (Full.13.2.1 SETUP Serial The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for serial tone mode. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. (The initial preamble is a synchronization sequence which 3-45 . Transmit has priority. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. 3. On) The Acquisition on Data On feature allows the RF-5710A Modem to acquire synchronization to an incoming message without requiring initial preamble detection. Half) In full-duplex operation. 3.) Push the ENTER button.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending.13.3 SETUP 4539 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the STANAG 4539 mode.5.2 Acquisition on Data (Off.2.

2.5. –30.3. Transmit Level Control (TLC) and Automatic Gain Control (AGC).3.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION the RF-5710A transmits at the start of a message). faster deacquire times are recommended. The number zero means the modems will deacquire only when the End-of-Message (EOM) is detected or when loss of signal is detected. 3.5. 7) The TX TLC Blocks feature allows the user to set the number of Transmit Level Control (TLC) blocks that RF-5710A Modem transmits at the beginning of a transmission.13.5.13. It is recommended that the modem AGC function be turned OFF when the modem is connected to a radio since the radio already performs the AGC functions. The radio functions are Automatic Level Control (ALC). This part of the waveform carries no information and is intended solely for the purpose of allowing several radio functions to settle before the actual initial preamble is transmitted by the modem.7 RX AGC LEVEL (10. Each TLC block is a length of 76.3. –10. Setting Acquisition on Data Off will cause the RF-5710A Modem to synchronize to the initial preamble only.8 DEACQUIRE (FAST. 4. MEDIUM. –20.5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) The Send TX EOM feature determines whether the modem adds a 32-bit EOM pattern at the end of a message (EOM ON) or whether the 32-bit EOM pattern is not sent at the end of a message (EOM OFF). 0. 3. For broadcast systems. the RX AGC LEVEL of the modem must be set to the appropriate level expected out of the radio. For packet systems. This feature is NOT recommended for Message Handling Systems (MHS) where cryptos are involved. 3. 5.3.5.3.5.5.13.4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) The RX Block Limit sets the number of interleaver blocks the modem demodulates before automatically deacquiring.3.3 TX TLC Blocks (0. VERY SLOW) The DEACQUIRE feature controls how quickly the modem deacquires due to a loss of signal. This feature is very useful when channel conditions are such that the EOM sequence might be missed by the receiving modem. The following shows estimated times: • Fast ≅ 0 – 8 seconds • Medium ≅ 8 – 16 seconds • Slow ≅ 17 – 25 seconds • Very slow ≅ 25 – 40 seconds 3-46 . This feature is useful in continuous broadcast systems and in systems where the start of message could be missed due to severe fading conditions.13. When the modem AGC function is turned OFF. minimizing distortion to the preamble waveform). 1.5367 seconds of TLC waveform at the beginning of a transmission. –40) The RX AGC LEVEL determines the level the modem should be expecting from the radio (the level is in dBm). 3. 3.g. slower deacquire times are recommended.6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) The RX AGC feature turns ON/OFF the AGC function in the RF-5710A Modem. This function is only useful when combined with the feature RX Block Limit. providing up to 0. (e. 3. The RX AGC LEVEL is only used when the modem AGC function is OFF.13. SLOW.13. 3. 6.6 milliseconds.

3.13. 3.3 TX TLC Blocks (0.5. 2.4. the modem can track 1. minimizing distortion to the preamble waveform). Transmit has priority. providing up to 0.5. In half-duplex operation.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation. If FAST is selected. 3.6 milliseconds. The radio functions are ALC. 4. 3.5367 seconds of TLC waveform at the beginning of a transmission. The number zero means the modems will deacquire only when the EOM is detected or when loss of signal is detected. 3. If SLOW is selected. 3. TLC and AGC.5.5. Each TLC block is of length 76. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. the modem can track 3.13. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.4. • US. M – Medium • L – Slow • VL – Very slow 3.9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) This feature controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem.5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) The Send TX EOM features determines whether the modem adds a 32-bit EOM pattern at the end of a message (EOM ON) or whether the 32-bit EOM pattern is not sent at the end of a message (EOM OFF).13. (The initial preamble is a synchronization sequence which the RF-5710A transmits at the start of a message).0 Hz/sec. 7) The TX TLC Blocks feature allows the user to set the number of TLC blocks that RF-5710A Modem transmits at the beginning of a transmission.5.4 SETUP 110B The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the US MIL-STD-188-110B mode. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time.13.g.3. This function is only useful when combined with the feature RX Block Limit.13. This feature is useful in continuous broadcast systems and in systems where the start of message could be missed due to severe fading conditions.13.4. 3-47 . 5. 6.4. Setting Acquisition on Data Off will cause the RF-5710A Modem to synchronize to the initial preamble only. On) The Acquisition on Data On feature allows the RF-5710A Modem to acquire synchronization to an incoming message without requiring initial preamble detection.5 Hz/sec.5. This feature is NOT recommended for Message Handling Systems (MHS) where cryptos are involved. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) The RX Block Limit sets the number of interleaver blocks the modem demodulates before automatically deacquiring.2 Acquisition on Data (Off. 3. VS – Fast • S. 1. (e.4. This part of the waveform carries no information and is intended solely for the purpose of allowing several radio functions to settle before the actual initial preamble is transmitted by the modem. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION The following are recommended settings based on the interleaver size (although user can select as desired).5.13.

6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) The RX AGC feature turns ON/OFF the AGC function in the RF-5710A Modem. • US.4.4. the modem can track 1.13. This feature is very useful when channel conditions are such that the EOM sequence might be missed by the receiving modem. –20. 3. When the modem AGC function is turned OFF. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. SLOW. VS – Fast • S.2 Acquisition on Data (Off.0 Hz/sec. –10. (The initial preamble is a synchronization sequence which 3-48 . faster deacquire times are recommended.13. 3. VERY SLOW) The DEACQUIRE feature controls how quickly the modem deacquires due to a loss of signal.5.4.5 Hz/sec.13.8 DEACQUIRE (FAST.5.13.5. The following shows estimated times: • Fast ≅ 0 – 8 seconds • Medium ≅ 8 – 16 seconds • Slow ≅ 17 – 25 seconds • Very slow ≅ 25 – 40 seconds The following are recommended settings based on the interleaver size (although user can select as desired). 3.5.5. the modem can track 3.13.13.5 SETUP 110B–F The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the 110B-F mode. For packet systems. In half-duplex operation.5.5.13. The Acquisition on Data On feature allows the RF-5710A Modem to acquire synchronization to an incoming message without requiring initial preamble detection. M – Medium • L – Slow • VL – Very slow 3.5. –40) The RX AGC LEVEL determines the level the modem should be expecting from the radio (the level is in dBm). 0.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation. the RX AGC LEVEL of the modem must be set to the appropriate level expected out of the radio. slower deacquire times are recommended. –30. It is recommended that the modem AGC function be turned OFF when the modem is connected to a radio since the radio already performs the AGC functions. If SLOW is selected. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. Transmit has priority.7 RX AGC LEVEL (10.9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) This feature controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem.4. If FAST is selected. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.5.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. For broadcast systems. 3. On) NOTE This feature will be available third quarter of 2001 (release F MCP software). The RX AGC LEVEL is only used when the modem AGC function is OFF. MEDIUM. 3.

5.5.13.3 TX TLC Blocks (0. The number zero means the modems will deacquire only when the EOM is detected or when loss of signal is detected. The radio functions are ALC. –40) The RX AGC LEVEL determines the level the modem should be expecting from the radio (the level is in dBm).5. The following shows estimated times: • Fast ≅ 0 – 8 seconds • Medium ≅ 8 – 16 seconds • Slow ≅ 17 – 25 seconds • Very slow ≅ 25 – 40 seconds 3-49 .13.5. faster deacquire times are recommended. 4. 5. 6. –10. The RX AGC LEVEL is only used when the modem AGC function is OFF. 3. This feature is very useful when channel conditions are such that the EOM sequence might be missed by the receiving modem.5. (e. It is recommended that the modem AGC function be turned OFF when the modem is connected to a radio since the radio already performs the AGC functions.13. providing up to 0. This function is only useful when combined with the feature RX Block Limit. For broadcast systems. 3.13. –30.13.6 RX AGC (ON/OFF) The RX AGC feature turns ON/OFF the AGC function in the RF-5710A Modem. 3. 2. TLC and AGC.5367 seconds of TLC waveform at the beginning of a transmission.7 RX AGC LEVEL (10. When the modem AGC function is turned OFF. 3. 3.5.5. the RX AGC LEVEL of the modem must be set to the appropriate level expected out of the radio.5.g. 3. Setting Acquisition on Data Off will cause the RF-5710A Modem to synchronize to the initial preamble only. This feature is NOT recommended for MHS where cryptos are involved.5. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION the RF-5710A transmits at the start of a message).5 Send TX EOM (ON/OFF) The Send TX EOM features determines whether the modem adds a 32-bit EOM pattern at the end of a message (EOM ON) or whether the 32-bit EOM pattern is not sent at the end of a message (EOM OFF). Each TLC block is of length 76. SLOW. 3.6 milliseconds.8 DEACQUIRE (FAST.5.13.4 RX Block Limit (0–59999) The RX Block Limit sets the number of interleaver blocks the modem demodulates before automatically deacquiring.5. MEDIUM. slower deacquire times are recommended. VERY SLOW) The DEACQUIRE feature controls how quickly the modem deacquires due to a loss of signal. 7) The TX TLC Blocks feature allows the user to set the number of TLC blocks that RF-5710A Modem transmits at the beginning of a transmission. This part of the waveform carries no information and is intended solely for the purpose of allowing several radio functions to settle before the actual initial preamble is transmitted by the modem. minimizing distortion to the preamble waveform). This feature is useful in continuous broadcast systems and in systems where the start of message could be missed due to severe fading conditions.5. For packet systems. 1. 0. –20.

3. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. Transmit has priority.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation.5. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.6. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.7. . VS – Fast • S. This allows the user to shift the waveform in frequency to comply with the desired frequency assignment.13.6.5.7 SETUP 4529 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for 4529 mode. In TX Carrier Always On mode. In half-duplex operation.13. the RF-5710A Modem will only output audio when there is data to transmit. 850. 3.5.6 SETUP 5065 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the STANAG 5065 mode.0 Hz/sec.13. 2350. 2400) The TX Tone selects the sub-carrier frequency which the modulator will use. • US.13. 3. the modem can track 1. . The TX Tone frequency can be selected from 800 Hz to 2400 Hz in 50 Hz increments.5.5. M – Medium • L – Slow • VL – Very slow 3.7. . 3.5.13.13.13. The RX Tone frequency can be selected from 800 Hz to 2400 Hz in 50 Hz increments.3 TX Tone (800. 2350.5. 3-50 .5. transmit has priority. Half) In full-duplex operation. In half-duplex operation. the RF-5710A Modem will always transmit a modulated carrier to the audio connector.2 RX Tone (800. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending.1 Duplex (Full. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.5.9 DOPPLER (FAST/SLOW) This feature controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem. If FAST is selected.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION The following are recommended settings based on the interleaver size (although user can select as desired).13.2 TX Carrier (Normal/Always On) In Normal TX Carrier mode.8 SETUP 4481 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the STANAG 4481 mode. 2400) RX Tone selects the sub-carrier frequency that the demodulator is to expect from the transmitting RF-5710A Modem.5.7. 3.5 Hz/sec. .13. 3. . which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives an RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal. 3. 850. the modem can track 3... In half-duplex operation. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. 3. If SLOW is selected. .

13. In half-duplex operation. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal. Freq) The diversity feature allows users to select the type of diversity used by the waveform to send data. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. Transmit has priority. 3.13. This feature is useful in continuous broadcast systems and in systems where the start of message could be missed due to severe fading conditions. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal. Transmit has priority. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. (The initial preamble is a synchronization sequence which the RF-5710A transmits at the start of a message).9.13. Setting Acquisition on Data Off will cause the RF-5710A Modem to synchronize to the initial preamble only.13. For data rates of 600 bps down to 75 bps. 3. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives an RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal. 3. Transmit has priority. In half-duplex operation.1 Duplex (Full. Transmit has priority.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation.5. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives a RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending.13. 3. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.11.5.13. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time.13.5. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.5.13. In half-duplex operation.10 SETUP 4285 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for 4285 mode.9 SETUP 4415 The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the STANAG 4415 mode.5. 3.11 Setup 39Tone The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for the MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39Tone mode. the diversity setting has no effect.5. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. 3. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. 3. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously.5.5. setting diversity to Time/Freq will provide better performance on fading channels but will increase latency by a small amount (delay depends on data rate).3 Diversity (Time/Freq.8.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending.13.11.10.2 Acquisition on Data (Off. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. 3. In half-duplex operation. 3-51 . This feature is NOT recommended for MHS where cryptos are involved.1 Duplex (Full/Half) In full-duplex operation.11. Half) In full-duplex operation. Both transmit and receive modems MUST have the same diversity setting. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. On) The Acquisition on Data On feature allows the RF-5710A Modem to acquire synchronization to an incoming message without requiring initial preamble detection.5. For data rates above 600 bps.

The clock for the receive data is always provided internally. 3. Set this parameter to internal (INT) for the RF-5710A Modem to provide the clock. Half) In full-duplex operation. INVERTED) The RF-5710A Modem provides the capability to invert the sense of transmit and receive data streams.5.13.13.12 SETUP FSK The following paragraphs describe the setup parameters for FSK mode. the RF-5710A Modem can only transmit or receive at any one time. or recover a clock automatically from the incoming transmit data.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.13. which means that if the RF-5710A Modem receives an RTS from the data source while it is receiving a signal.5. This mode is useful in applications where the DTE or cryptographic device is separated from the RF-5710A Modem by a large distance. MIL-STD-188-114) The electrical characteristics of the RF-5710A Modem DTE port can be selected from the following electrical standards: • RS-232D • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced The MIL-STD-188-114 interface provides slower slew rates for connection to certain cryptographic devices. Transmit has priority.1 Duplex (Full. The preamble is a specific set of tones that are transmitted by the TX modem so that the RX modem can acquire frequency offset. DATA) The RF-5710A Modem can provide either a transmit clock to the DTE.13. the electrical characteristics and data format of the RF-5710A Modem DTE port (J2) can be configured. In this mode. 3. the more robust the synchronization (but end-to-end latency increases). Both TX and RX modem must be set to the same preamble length. The clock for the transmit data can be provided internally or from an external source.2 Transmit Clock Source (INT. or accept one from the DTE (required by some cryptographic equipment).4 Preamble (Long.12. 3.5.5. 3. In half-duplex operation. To ensure proper data transfer.13. it will interrupt the receive activity and begin sending. RS-422.13. symbol timing.2.5. 3. Short) The 39tone waveform has two different length preambles.13.1 Polarity (NORMAL.13 SETUP Data Port After selecting the data port sub-menu.1 Electrical (RS-232.11. Set it to external (EXT) if the DTE is going to provide the transmit clock.13. care must be taken that the RF-5710A Modem data port parameters are compatible with the DTE settings.2 Synchronous In the synchronous mode. the data rate of the DTE must match the transmit and receive channel rates of the current operating waveform of the RF-5710A Modem.13.5.13.13. RS-423. etc.2.5. Set it to clock recovery mode (DATA) if the DTE operates from its own clock and a clock input cannot be provided to the RF-5710A Modem.5. the RF-5710A Modem can transmit and receive signals simultaneously. data is clocked in and out of the RF-5710A Modem DTE port with a bit synchronous clock. 3-52 . The longer the preamble. 3. EXT. 3.13.

a fault will occur and the RF-5710A Modem will display a fault message.5. 3. External clock signals are not used in this mode.13. If this rate is set less than the waveform channel rate.13.3.3. 4800. None) Parity sets the type of character error checking recognized by the RF-5710A Modem data port. the electrical characteristics and data format of the RF-5710A Modem remote control port can be configured.13. refer to Paragraph 3. 2400.2 Rate (50. XON/XOFF) This parameter enables use of either a data control character (XON/XOFF) or the Clear-to-Send (CTS) signal to control the flow of data to and from the RF-5710A Modem. 8) This parameter sets the total number of bits used to define each asynchronous data character. the data terminal must provide a clock to the RF-5710A Modem.5. Most data terminals use CTS flow control. 300. 3-53 . 100.4 Parity (Odd.5.13.1 Polarity (NORMAL. When set to XON/XOFF. the DTE port operates at a fixed data rate and the data is grouped into characters defined by start and stop bits. The RF-5710A Modem port parameters must match those of the remote control terminal for proper operation of the remote control feature.13. 19200 bps) This parameter sets the transmit and receive DTE rates.13. 3.14 SETUP Remote After selecting the Remote sub-menu.5 Character Length (5. The clock must be provided before the fault can be cleared.13. the RF-5710A Modem uses the CTS signal at the data terminal interface to control flow. For more information regarding the remote control operation of the RF-5710A Modem. 6. the RF-5710A Modem automatically inserts fill characters to match the channel transmit rate. Note that 50 bps rate is only used with the FSK modes.6 Flow Control (CTS.13. 3.13.3.11. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE If set to EXT. 1200.13.5. if the rate is higher. Even. 3.3. 3. 600.13. the RF-5710A Modem uses flow control to stop and start the data stream as needed to maintain the channel rate. 3. 3.13.5. INVERTED) The RF-5710A Modem provides the capability to invert the polarity of the transmit and receive data streams.3. The rate can be higher than the current waveform channel rates. 7.13.5. 150. 2) This parameter sets the number of stop bits used to indicate the end of the data character.13.3 Stop Bits (1.3 Asynchronous In the asynchronous mode.5. 3. When set to CTS.13. If a clock is not present when an RTS is issued. 75.5. the RF-5710A Modem inserts special flow control characters into the data stream when it needs to regulate the flow.3. 9600.

• EIA RS-242 • MIL-STD-188-114A • MIL-STD-188C • EIA RS-422 – Interface (Provides MIL-STD-188C polarities and slew rates recommended in MIL-STD-114A. is 500 ms. each RF-5710A Modem is programmed with a unique bus address which is used by the remote control protocol. 3.5. In the multidrop mode.2 Applicable Documents The following documents specify the capabilities and limitations of the different electrical interfaces.0. 3-54 . RS-422. RS-485-NT) The electrical characteristics of the remote port can be selected from the following electrical standards: • RS-232D • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • RS-485 balanced In multidrop mode. NOTE The operator is strongly recommended to read all of the following documents.13. On) The remote control bus can be configured for point-to-point operation (Multidrop Off) or multidrop operation (Multidrop On).RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.5.14. several RF-5710A Modems can be connected to a remote control computer through a common remote control bus.14. RS-423. RS-485. Version 1. allowing the selection of the best interface for the user’s application. Otherwise. to the time when the termination and drivers are disabled.13. • NATO STANAG 5066 Profile for Maritime High Frequency (HF) Radio Data Communications. In the multidrop mode. This will provide the user with a complete understanding necessary for optimal modem performance. The delay from the time the RF-5710A Modem completes the transmission of its response.1 Multidrop (Off.13.14. In the point-to-point mode a single RF-5710A Modem is connected to a remote control terminal. RS-422-NT.3 Electrical (RS-232. the TX termination and drivers are disabled.) • EIA RS-243 • EIA RS-485 3. each RF-5710A Modem will turn on TX terminations and drivers only when transmitting a response. • EIA RS-232E – Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communications Equipment Employing Serial Binary Data. Annex D: Interface between Data Transfer Dublayer and Communications Equipment.5.

5.15. press the ENTER button or use the FIELD button to go to the next selectable field.7 Character Length (7. Pushing ENTER is not required.5.15.13. Note that the values are in dBm relative to a nominal 600 ohm load.13. the termination resistors are disconnected. In the RS-422-NT and RS-485-NT modes. the backlight should be set to ON.13. Changing this parameter immediately affects the backlight.14.9 seconds. an audio voltmeter should be used to measure the transmit audio while adjusting it from the front panel.2 Contrast Level (0 – 9) The contrast setting affects the viewing angle and sharpness of the display characters. None) Parity sets the type of character error checking recognized by the RF-5710A Modem remote control port. these resistors are needed at both ends of the communications bus to eliminate unwanted signal reflections.13. Pushing the FIELD button allows separate digits to be selected and adjusted using the SCROLL buttons.5.14. In bright light conditions.5. This feature is designed to accommodate slow tuning or keying transmitters and to ensure that no data is lost at the beginning of a transmission. 3. 3.4 Rate (1200. Even.1 Backlight (On. It is adjustable in 0.16.1 TX Level The transmit audio level of the RF-5710A Modem can be adjusted via this parameter. If the actual load presented by the radio is something other than 600 ohms.13. 3. however in temperature extremes or when installing the RF-5710A Modem well beyond eye level. 2400. However. Changing this parameter immediately affects the output level. Changing this parameter immediately affects the contrast.5. The multidrop mode is available for all the electrical interface standards. if several modems are connected to the same bus then only the last modem on the bus should have its termination resistors connected.14. 2) This parameter sets the number of stop bits used to indicate the end of the data character. the default setting of 5 should be adequate. 4800.5.5.13. 3. Their value is chosen to match the characteristic impedance of the bus. To make the selected delay amount take effect. In most applications. Usually. The maximum delay is 19.1 second increments. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION In addition.14. 9600. 3. 8) This parameter sets the total number of bits used to define each asynchronous remote control data character. 3. the contrast may need to be adjusted. Off) This parameter turns the LCD backlight on or off. 3.6 Parity (Odd.15 SETUP Display The following paragraphs provide display setup parameter information.5 Stop Bits (1.2 TX Delay Adjusting this parameter sets a delay between the assertion of the RF-5710A Modem keyline signal and the start of the transmit audio signal from the RF-5710A Modem. If accuracy is needed. 3. the RS-422 and RS-485 balanced modes allow the selection or removal of termination resistors. 19200 bps) This parameter sets the transmit and receive remote control terminal interface rates. In most indoor applications. Pushing ENTER is not required.13.13.5.13.16 SETUP Audio The following paragraphs provide audio setup parameter information.5. the RF-5710A Modem output will be slightly different than the front panel value. setting the backlight to OFF may result in a better looking display. 3.13. Pushing ENTER is not required. 3-55 . 3. In the RS-422 and RS-485 modes the termination resistors are connected.5.16.

this must be done before sending data.13. When the Activity Mode is set to ON the RF-5710A Modem begins transmission using the DTE TXD signal or RTS. A combination of 0s and 255s does not constitute a stop condition. 3. the RF-5710A Modem begins and ends transmission upon the RTS signal. DATA is also required to begin transmission. when the DTE Activity Detector Mode is ON and Transmit Start is set to DATA. 3. For example.18.13. RTS becomes an edge activated event rather than a level event. The CTS response is an indicator that the RF-5710A Modem is ready to accept data and begin modulation. the RF-5710A Modem will begin transmission when incoming DTE Transmit Data (TXD) matching the Sync Start 16-bit pattern. Refer to Paragraph 3. 3. the response of the CTS will be delayed until the first request is finished. When RTS is removed.5. Wait for the transmitter to become ready before sending data. If using the DTE in async mode. an RTS from the DTE will cause the RF-5710A Modem to issue a keyline to the transmitter.18. when the DTE Activity Detector Mode is ON and Transmit Start is set to DATA.5. the RF-5710A Modem will end transmission when data is not present on the TXD line for the number of seconds specified in the Async Stop option.13. This is normal RTS behavior. the RF-5710A Modem will end transmission when the number of bytes seen on the TXD line are either 0 or 255 for the number setup in the Sync Stop option. The RF-5710A Modem keyline output will immediately be asserted.13.13. When the DTE equipment asserts RTS the RF-5710A Modem responds with CTS. modulation will begin only when RTS is asserted. This feature may be used in situations where normal RTS activity is not available or where minimum DTE wiring is required. after first transmission to restart a second transmission.17 SETUP Keyline The RF-5710A Modem can automatically key the transmitter based on the status of the DTE Request-to-Send (RTS) signal on it can manually key it from the front panel controls.13.5. set this parameter to RTS KEYS XMTR. To key the transmitter automatically. RTS must be set to the deasserted state and then enter the asserted state. To remove the keyline.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. Use the FIELD button after each digit selection. In this mode. 3-56 .4 Sync Stop In DTE sync mode. To key the transmitter manually. The 16-bit pattern is user programmable after entering the Sync Start Data mode.2 Transmit Start (DATA/RTS) When the DTE Activity Detector Activity Mode is ON and Transmit Start is set to RTS.5. set the parameter to KEYS XMTR. then press ENTER to store the bit pattern. 3.18.1 Activity Mode (ON/OFF) When the Activity Mode is set to OFF. the RF-5710A Modem will begin transmission when the incoming data matches the Sync Start Data 16-bit pattern.18.13.5. When the DTE Activity Detector Activity Mode is ON and Transmit Start is set to DATA.18. If the RF-5710A Modem is busy with a previous RTS request. 3.3 Sync Start Data (16-Bit Pattern) In DTE sync mode. the RF-5710A Modem removes the keyline.18 SETUP DTE Activity Detector The RF-5710A provides a DTE Activity Detector feature. when the DTE Activity Detector Mode is ON and Transmit Start is set to DATA. The end of transmission always ends based upon the DTE TXD signal. When configured to use RTS in this manner.13.5. although the RF-5710A Modem will not begin transmission until it receives an RTS from the data terminal.5. 3. set the parameter to UNKEY XMTR after data transmission has ended.18.5.3.5 Async Stop In DTE Async mode.

This problem would cause a MHS connected to the crypto.5. RTS/CTS Signal Behavior 3-57 . The CTS pulse is provided when the modem is done with a previous transmission and is ready to accept new data for the next transmission. the CTS signal from the modem to a DTE device becomes a pulsed signal.18. This mode was implemented because the RTS signal of some crypto devices is invalid near the end of a message transmission and therefore the modem’s CTS signal would not be a valid signal (since it depends on RTS signal from the DTE device). when the DTE Activity Detector is ON and the Bid-CTS option is set to On. NORMAL RTS – CTS BEHAVIOR (RS-232) +12 RTS –12 +12 CTS –12 Bid – CTS BEHAVIOR +12 RTS –12 +12 CTS –12 RF-5710-500 Figure 3-31.13. to begin providing data to a crypto before the modem was ready to accept data since it was still busy on the last transmission.6 Bid-CTS (ON/OFF) In DTE sync mode. Figure 3-31 shows the RTS/CTS signal behavior. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.

2400 . SETUP OPTIONS Menu (Sheet 1 of 4) 3-58 . on data Diversity Inverted Off Freq TX TLC Int 0 Tx Clock Long Ext Blocks . Preamble . 9600 . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SETUP OPTIONS SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 2 110B* SERIAL 39 TONE FSK Data Port Full Full RS–232 Duplex Duplex Electrical Half Half RS–422 RS–423 Full Full Duplex Duplex MS–114 Half Half Norm On Time/Freq Sync Polarity Acq. 5710–309J–1 Figure 3-32. Short Data . on Data Async Polarity 7 Off Inverted RX Block 00000 19200 Limit . Rate 4800 . 1200 59999 600 Send TX On 300 EOM Off 150 75 RX AGC On 50 Off RX AGC 10 dB 1 Stop Bits Level 0 dB 2 –10 dB –20 dB Odd –30 dB Parity Even –40 dB None DE Acquire Fast Medium 8 Slow Char Length 7 Very slow 6 Doppler Fast 5 Slow CTS Flow XON/XOFF *RF-5710A-MD001 ONLY. On Norm Acq.

.6 1200 5 . 5710–309H–2 Figure 3-32. .. ...2 Odd 1 .. SETUP OPTIONS Menu (Sheet 2 of 4) 3-59 .8 4800 7 .1 Parity Even 0 .4 Stop Bits 2 3 . + 2 RS-232 unkey xmtr Electrical 0 RS-422 9 Tx level RS-422-NT – 2 8 key xmtr RS-423 – 4 RS-485 7 – 6 RS-485-NT 6 – 8 5 Contrast level – 10 4 – 12 3 – 14 2 – 16 115200* 1 . 1 1 0 0 *RF-5710A-MD001 ONLY..3 2 . Rate 576000* 0 – 40 38400* 19200 1 9 .7 2400 6 .0 None 1 Char Length 2 Modem ID F F E E . .9 9600 TX Delay + 0 8 . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SEE SHEET 1 SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 1 SEE SHEET 3 Remote Display Audio Keyline Off On Multidrop Backlight + 10 RTS keys xmtr On Off .5 1 4 .

. EOM Off 10 20 RX AGC On 30 Off . . . . 1 bYTE 59999 2 .5 s DE Acquire Fast .0 s 60. .0 s Bid–CTS Off *RF-5710A-MD001 ONLY. Limit . . 2 2 2 2 . . . .3 s –30 dB 0. . . On 5710–309J–3 Figure 3-32. RX AGC 10 dB .0 s Doppler Fast . .0 s Very slow 2. . on data Off Normal Off TX TLC Sync Start Data 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Blocks . . Level 0 dB 500 bytes –10 dB OFF –20 dB Async Stop 0. Slow . Sync Stop OFF . . . Medium .4 s –40 dB 0. on data Tx Carrier Acq. 9 9 9 9 7 A A A A RX Block 00000 . Send TX On .0 s 30. Slow 1. 10. F F F F . . .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 4 SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 4 Activity Detector 5066G* 5065* 4539 Off Full Full Full Activity Mode Duplex Duplex Duplex On Half Half Half Data Transmit Start On Always On On RTS Acq. . . . . SETUP OPTIONS Menu (Sheet 3 of 4) 3-60 .

. Very slow Doppler Fast Slow SCROLL F FIELD ENTER exit SETUP more SETUP items F ENTER (Return to current operating mode.) 5710–309J–4 Figure 3-32. . on data Duplex Half Off TX TLC 0 2400 RX Tone Blocks . TX Tone . SETUP OPTIONS Menu (Sheet 4 of 4) 3-61 . F 2350 . Send TX On 850 EOM Off SCROLL 800 RX AGC On Off RX AGC 10 dB Level 0 dB –10 dB –20 dB –30 dB –40 dB DE Acquire Fast Medium Slow *RF-5710A-MD001 ONLY. 7 850 RX Block 00000 800 Limit . ENTER . . 59999 . 2350 . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 3 4529 4481* 4415* 4285 110B-F* Full Full Full Duplex Duplex Full Duplex Half Half Duplex Half Half Full On Acq. . . 2400 . .

Push the ENTER button. c. c. Continue pushing the button until the word RESET appears in the flashing display. To change the operating mode from remote to local. The keyword LOCAL will appear in the flashing display.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. These values allow field service personnel to verify the revision of the software programmed into the RF-5710A Modem. Push the ENTER button. 3. Push the FIELD button until the keyword for LOCAL operation in the upper right corner of the display is flashing. d. This is only for demonstration purposes and will not be necessary during normal operation of the RF-5710A Modem. The word no is the default choice and will be flashing in the display.8 VERSIONS MODE AND CHECKSUM VALUES Selecting the VERSIONS mode causes the checksum value and revision level of the RF-5710A Modem software to be displayed. To change the operating mode. The keyword RMT: will flash in the upper right corner of the display. Push one of the SCROLL buttons to change the operating mode to REMOTE. the screen will display the waveform operating mode set during remote control operation. The keyword RMT: followed by the RF-5710A Modem ID number will appear in the flashing display. the first step in the instructional procedure will involve resetting the selected waveform to the factory presets. After displaying the message. Push the ENTER button. b. Push either SCROLL button. b. Push one of the SCROLL buttons. b. Push the FIELD button once. To keep the current operating mode. The RF-5710A Modem will now be in remote control and will display its operating mode on the front panel display. The word yes is now flashing in the display. 3. a.9 RF-5710A MODEM RESET Perform the following procedure to restore factory preset operating parameters: NOTE For the purpose of demonstrating the correct operating procedures for the RF-5710A Modem. push the SCROLL button. proceed to Step c. d. push the ENTER button. The keyword for the waveform type (in the upper left corner of the display) will begin flashing. 3-62 . Push the FIELD button. The RF-5710A Modem screen will display ENTERING LOCAL CONTROL. 3. c.6 CHANGING FROM LOCAL CONTROL TO REMOTE CONTROL Perform the following procedure to change from local control to remote control: a.7 CHANGING FROM REMOTE CONTROL TO LOCAL CONTROL Perform the following procedure to change from remote control to local control: a.

2 Loading a PRESET Configuration Perform the following procedure to load a preset configuration: a. 3. SAVING PRESET will temporarily be displayed on the front panel. Push the FIELD button to select the preset number option. e. 3-63 . Use the SCROLL buttons to select the desired preset. e. d. Push one of the SCROLL buttons until the words save preset are blinking.10. Receive is currently IDLE because there is no incoming signal. Push the ENTER button to save the preset. Press ENTER. The RF-5710A Modem waveform operating parameters have now been reset to the factory default values. b. Push one of the SCROLL buttons until the words load preset are blinking. Push one of the SCROLL buttons. d. Push one of the SCROLL buttons. Push the ENTER button. Push the FIELD button once.10 PRESET MODE Selecting the PRESET menu allows the user to save the current configuration of the RF-5710A Modem or recall a previously stored RF-5710A Modem configuration. The RF-5710A Modem is provided with 16 preset memories. LOADING PRESET will temporarily be displayed on the front panel. The keyword for the waveform type (in the upper left hand corner of the display) will begin flashing. Push the ENTER button to load the preset. b. c. c. Push the FIELD button once. Push the FIELD button to select the preset number option. Press ENTER. The display indicates that the RF-5710A Modem is set for SERIAL waveform operation with a transmit (TX) data rate of 2400 bits per second (bps) with Long interleaving (L). The keyword for the waveform type (in the upper left hand corner of the display) will begin flashing.1 Saving a PRESET Configuration Perform the following procedure to save a preset configuration: a.10. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION e. Use the SCROLL buttons to select the desired preset. Continue pushing the button until the word PRESET appears in the flashing display. 3. Continue pushing the button until the word PRESET appears in the flashing display. 3.

9600.11.3 Termination Command strings must be terminated with a single carriage return character <CR> value 0x0D. followed by zero or one parameters. Data rata 1200. the remote port will always operate in full-duplex mode. and is terminated with a carriage return (0x0D).1.2 Parameters Parameters may be alpha or numeric characters.1. All commands and status responses are defined in ASCII characters and are human readable. and they also are not case sensitive. 2 Parity No / Odd / Even Remote Operation Remote / Local 3. Table 3-5.11. Shortened versions of the commands are also supported for more efficient operation with a computer control system. and asynchronous character specification are also configurable as described in Table 3-5.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. 4800. 2400. 3.11 REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION The RF-5710A Modem is equipped with remote port (J3) which can be used to control the RF-5710A Modem remotely. For example.1 Commands Commands are not case sensitive. Remote Port Settings (Front Panel Control Only) Parameter Values Comments Port type Normal / Multidrop Electrical RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Termination resistors Yes / No RS-423 and RS-485 only. Characters sent into the remote port will be echoed back to the remote control device.11. [cmd] [parm1] <CR> Each field in the string must be separated by at least one space character (0x20).1.11. data rate. 3. The remote port can be connected to a computer for automatic operation or to a simple ASCII terminal for manual operation. the electrical interface characteristics (RS-232/RS-423/RS-422/RS-485). Multidrop address 0 – 255 Multidrop mode only. 3. 8 8 bits only in multidrop mode. 3. The command string format is shown below. The remote port is configurable for point-to-point operation whereby a single RF-5710A Modem is connected to a control computer or multidrop operation whereby a number of RF-5710A Modems can be connected on a common control bus to the control computer.11.4 Command Echo In the point-to-point mode. 3-64 . Stop bits 1. the command help is the same as HELP. 19200 bps Data bits 7. The remote port settings are configurable only from the front panel of the RF-5710A Modem must match the settings on the control computer or terminal. Each command string is comprised of a command word.1.1 Point-to-Point Protocol All commands on the Remote Port are issued via a command string. In addition.

1. For example.11. The confirmation prompt is the RMT> ASCII character string. The command string format and response are shown below: Command: [address] [cmd] [parm1] <CR> Response: [address] [response]<LF> <CR> RMT> 3. 3.1 Commands Commands are not case sensitive. Each command sent to the RF-5710A Modem is prefaced with an eight-bit bus address.11.8 Responses If a valid command is recognized and processed properly. the RF-5710A Modem will return an ASCII status string indicating the current status of the configuration item followed by the confirmation prompt.11.1.11.11. 3-65 . 3.7 BITE Operation Characters received from the remote terminal during the execution of Built-In-Test (BIT) (entering TEST) will not be echoed and will be ignored.11. the following command string is not a valid command line: RMT> SHOW HELP MODEM TYPE SERIAL <CR> 3. The RF-5710A Modem responses are similarly formatted with the RF-5710A Modem bus address. the point-to-point protocol described in Paragraph 3.2. The additional fields are described below.11.1 is augmented with additional control fields to support individual addressing of the RF-5710A Modems.1. If an invalid command is sent or a command did not process properly.9 Status Only Commands Entering a command without a parameter returns the current setting of the configuration item.1. 3. The error prompt is the “***ERROR***” ASCII character string followed by RMT>. The multidrop protocol also supports a number of commands specified in STANAG 5066 Annex D.6 Multiple Commands Multiple commands cannot be entered in a single command string. the RF-5710A Modem will return an error prompt.11.1.2 Multidrop Protocol When the multidrop function is enabled. which shows the current state of the RF-5710A Modem on the remote terminal.10 Local to Remote Operation Changing control from local to remote causes a SHOW command to be executed. 3.11. For example. the command help is the same as HELP. The characters will be echoed to the remote terminal after the command is finished processing and a RMT> prompt has been sent to the remote terminal. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.1. For example: RMT>modem type Modem Type SERIAL 3.5 Processing Time Characters will not be immediately echoed to the remote terminal if a command is currently being processed.

11.10 Local to Remote Operation Changing control from local to remote will not generate a status message. 3. 3.4 Command Echo In the multidrop mode.11.11.2 Parameters Parameters may be alpha or numeric characters.6 Multiple Commands Multiple commands cannot be entered in a single command string.11.11. the RF-5710A Modem will return an error prompt if the address of the RF-5710A Modem is understood in the command string.2.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.2. NOTE The underlined characters are the minimum number of characters that must be entered for the command word to be recognized.11. The error prompt is the “***ERROR***” ASCII character string followed by RMT>.2.9 Status Only Commands Entering a command without a parameter value indicates that the operator wants to see the current setting of the configuration item. A response will only be sent at the completion of the command string.2.2. For example. The confirmation prompt is the RMT> ASCII character string.11. and they also are not case sensitive. The characters will be echoed to the remote terminal after the command is finished processing and a RMT> prompt has been sent to the remote terminal. or if this is not the case then there will be no response.2.2.5 Processing Time Characters will not be immediately echoed to the remote terminal if a command is currently being processed. 3.8 Responses If a valid command is recognized and processed properly. 3. the RF-5710A Modem will return an ASCII status string indicating the current status of the configuration item followed by the confirmation prompt.11. If an invalid command is sent or a command did not process properly.3 Remote Control Commands Table 3-6 lists the remote control commands that can be sent to the RF-5710A Modem.7 BITE Operation Characters received from the remote terminal during the execution of BIT (entering TEST) will be ignored. 3. 3-66 . 3. the remote port will not echo characters sent to the remote port.2. For example: Command: RMT> <0x01> modem type Response: <0x01> Modem Type SERIAL<LF> <CR> RMT> 3.11.3 Termination Command strings must be terminated with a single carriage return character <CR> value 0x0D. 3.11. the following command string is not a valid command: RMT> <0x01> SHOW HELP MODEM TYPE SERIAL <CR> 3.2.

ACTIVITY SHOW Displays the current Activity Detector settings ACTIVITY HELP or ? Displays the Activity Detector commands.. When using the Activity Detector. 4. 4. When using the Activity Detector. . 40. data present on the DTE TXD signal begins transmission. ASYNC RATE <50. When using the DTE sync mode. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6.4. transmission 1. . 3. 500 > always ends in DTE sync mode when the number of bytes seen on the TXD line are either value 0 or 255 for the number setup in the Sync Stop option. When set to data..F>< 0. transmission 30. 2> Sets the DTE port asynchronous number of stop bits. 6. 1200. . 4800.. The RTS setting makes the RTS signal edge sensitive and transmission begins when this occurs. 3. 9.5.F >< 0.9. 600. 7. 4 hexadecimal digits must be entered. 8> Sets the DTE port asynchronous bits per character. if the pattern is present to the DTE TXD signal and the Activity Detector is on. data is also required to begin transmission.. ACTIVITY MODE < OFF. EVEN> Sets the type of parity to use for the asynchronous DTE port. 3-67 .. ACTIVITY STOP < OFF. 5. Remote Control Commands Command Description ACTIVITY Returns a list of the current Activity Detector option settings. ODD. ASYNC FLOW <XONXOFF.. 2400.7. 6. <RTS. Sets the DTE port asynchronous baud rate.6. . CTS> Selects the type of low control to be used with the asynchronous DTE port. If using the DTE in async mode. 2. ACTIVITY ASYNCSTOP < OFF. A combination of 0’s and 255’s does not constitute a stop condition. 10. 19200> that 50 bps is available only for FSK modes. 2.3. ASYNC PARITY <NONE. ASYNC STOP BITS <1. 60 always ends in DTE async mode when data is not present on the TXD line for the number of seconds setup under the Async Stop option. ASYNC Determines the current state of the DTE port asynchronous parameters. . 8. 1. ON> BID Crypto CTS option for NATO MHS. 7. transmission will begin. 400.. 200. 20. ACTIVITY Bid-CTS <OFF. ASYNC BITS <5. 75. . 50. ACTIVITY TXSTART. . DATA>. Note 9600. 300. ON > This setting activates/deactivates the DTE Activity Detector mode. 10..F > This option is used to setup a 16-bit pattern.8. 300. 30. 5.F >< 0. 150. 100. ACTIVITY START < 0.

FTUNE <+. mark (V+) ASYNC SHOW Determines the current state of the asynchronous DTE port parameters. INITIALIZE Causes the active preset parameters to immediately be reloaded into the modem. When set to normal. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description ASYNC POLARITY <NORMAL. HELP Returns a list of remote control commands available. ASYNC ? Returns a list of commands available to change the asynchronous DTE port parameters. (±200 Hz in increments of 5 Hz) MODEM ROFFSET (MD001 Modem version only) Changes and sets all the FSK waveforms Receive Frequency Offset. mark (V–) INVERTED space (V–). NORMAL space (V+). ASYNC HELP Returns a list of commands available to change the asynchronous DTE port parameters. –. (±200 Hz in increments of 5 Hz) MODEM TCARRIER <Normal. the same as other waveform modes. METER Returns the FSK tune meter value. the transmit audio begins only when RTS and/or data is present. The (MD001 Modem version only) ALWAYS setting turns the transmit audio on. MODEM TOFFSET (MD001 Modem version only) Changes and sets the 5065 FSK/MSK Transmit Frequency Offset. 0> Allows operator to tune an FSK signal being received. MODEM Returns the current state of the modem. This command is used with the FTUNE command to tune an FSK receive signal. Equivalent to entering a MODEM SHOW command. 3-68 . INVERTED> Selects the polarity of data used with the asynchronous DTE port. independent of any DTE data. Always> Valid only for 5065 FSK/MSK mode.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. Equivalent to entering an ASYNC HELP command.

RTS active keys the transmitter. SHORT. Valid options are RS-232. 5065–F. MODEM TYPE <SERIAL. MODEM ? Returns a menu listing all modem parameters that can be executed. Note that 50 <50. 300. ON: The transmit keyline is set to the keyed state. RS-423 and MS-114. OFF: The transmit keyline is set to the unkeyed state. FSKWS. <DOUBLELONG. FSKV (5066G. SYNC> Selects whether the data port will use a synchronous or asynchronous interface. manufacturer and firmware revisions for the modem. 2400. transmit. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description MODEM PORT <ASYNC. 100. 1200. 110B. FSKA. 3600. MODEM ELECTRICAL Sets the electrical interface mode of the DTE port. 3-69 . 16000. 12800. 150. RS-422. 4481–F. ULTRASHORT ZERO> MODEM HELP Returns a menu listing all modem parameters that can be executed. 4415. Selects whether the modem should acquire synchronization in the middle of a data stream or optimize for short data packets. 110B. 5065–M. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command. 4539. 4481–P. MODEM ACQONDATA <ON. 75. This option takes effect immediately upon selection. bps is only used for FSK modes. OFF. 4529–U. 1800. 8000.) MODEM RATE Sets modem over the air baud rate. OFF> Only valid for STANAG 5066G. 19200> MODEM INTERLEAVE Selects interleaving type. 5065–F. RTS> Sets the keyline from the modem to the transmitter. RTS: The transmit keyline is controlled by the data port RTS signal. 4539. 4529–C. 110B-F. 4415. 5066G. 5065–M. MODEM KEYLINE <ON. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command. VERYSHORT selected. 6400. MODEM IDENTITY Displays the model. 3200. NOTE: Interleaver choices depend on waveform MEDIUM. The RTS input can no longer be used to key or unkey the transmitter. 4285–C. VERYLONG LONG. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. 600. 4800. Selects the modem waveform to receive and 39TONE. 9600. The RTS input can no longer be used to key or unkey the transmitter. 4481–P and 4481–F are only available in the RF-5710A-MD001. 110B-F. FSKNS. Equivalent to entering MODEM HELP command. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. 4285–U.

–40> MODEM DELAY <0 – 19. –10. –26. MODEM WAVEFORM Sets a STANAG waveform active. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command.9> Programs transmit audio delay offset in units of 100 milliseconds. –16. 0. +8. –20. –14. Valid options are 4285. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. 110B and HIGH. transmitter for nominal 600 ohm interface. –6. –28. MODEM 110B RXAGC <ON. OFF> Selects whether the EOM sequence is transmitted. Sets the modem audio output level to the –8. OFF> Selects the Modem’s AGC function to be either ON or OFF. MODEM TXLEVEL <+10. SLOW> Controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command. Controls how quickly a modem deacquires due to MEDIUM. MODEM 110B TXEOM <ON. –4. –32. +6. MODEM SNR Returns the signal-to-noise ratio of the receive signal when the modem is being operated in the single-tone modes. 4529. 4.e. –36. MODEM SPACE <50 – 2999> Programs the frequency used to transmit a space while in FSK variable mode. FAST> a loss of signal with no EOM detection or bad channel conditions (i. IDLE will be displayed if the modem is not receiving. MODEM SHOW Shows the current state of the modem. –12. MODEM MARK <50 – 2999> Programs the frequency used to transmit a mark while in FSK variable mode.+2. –34. 6. –38. 1. MODEM 110B DEACQUIRE <VERYSLOW. MODEM 110B TLC <0. 3-70 . 3. –22. 7> Set the number of TLC blocks sent at the beginning of transmission. –2. FULL> Selects whether modem operation will be half or full-duplex. MODEM SNR? Displays the current SNR of the modem. 5. HIGH selects the waveform that provides the highest on the air data rate. bad data). Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description MODEM DUPLEX <HALF. MODEM 110B DOPPLER <FAST. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. –18. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. This command takes effect immediately. –30. 2. This is a STANAG 5066 remote control command.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. +4. –24. SLOW.

MODEM 110B RXLIMIT <0(OFF)1. turning off this function. -30. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. MODEM 110B-F ACQONDATA <ON. 5. OFF> Selects whether the EOM sequence is transmitted. -30.2. Selects the level the modem should expect from -40> the radio (default is 0 dBm). 4. SLOW> Controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. . This command is only available in the 110B-F mode of operation. 3. 6. 3-71 . -10. SLOW.59999> Selects the number of interleaver blocks the receive modem demodulated before automatically deacquiring. 0. MODEM 110B-F RXLIMIT <0(OFF)1.. OFF> Selects whether the EOM sequence is transmitted. This command is only available in the 110B-F mode of operation. Selects whether the modem should acquire synchronization in the middle of a data stream or optimize for short data packets. Value 0 means that no blocks will be counted effectively. . MODEM 110B-F TLC <0. This command is only available in the 4539 mode of operation. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description MODEM 110B RXAGCLEVEL <10. -20. Selects whether the modem should acquire synchronization in the middle of a data stream or optimize for short data packets.. MODEM 110B-F DEACQUIRE <VERYSLOW. MODEM 110B-F RXAGCLEVEL <10. OFF> Only valid for 110B. MODEM 110B ACQONDATA <ON. -10. bad data).. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. OFF> Selects the Modem’s AGC function to be either ON or OFF. Value 0 means that no blocks will be counted effectively.59999> Selects the number of interleaver blocks the receive modem demodulated before automatically deacquiring.. This command is only available in the 110B-F mode of operation. Selects the level the modem should expect from -40> the radio (default is 0 dBm). MODEM 110B-F RXAGC <ON.e.2. This command is only available in the 110B-F mode of operation. Controls how quickly a modem deacquires due to MEDIUM. -20. 2. MODEM 110B-F TXEOM <ON. OFF> Only valid for 110B-F. turning off this function. 7> Set the number of TLC blocks sent at the beginning of transmission. FAST> a loss of signal with no EOM detection or bad channel conditions (i. 0. MODEM 110B-F DOPPLER <FAST. 1. MODEM 4539 TXEOM <ON... This command is only available in the 110B-F mode of operation...

MODEM 39TONE DIVERSITY <timefreq. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description MODEM 4539 TLC <0. MODEM 4539 RXAGCLEVEL <10. etc. Value 0 means that no blocks will be counted effectively. MODEM 4539 DOPPLER <FAST.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6.. 0. 5. turning off this function. OFF> Only valid for 39TONE. MODEM 4539 ACQONDATA <ON. 3-72 . Both TX and RX modem must be set to the same preamble length. The longer the preamble.. 7> Set the number of Transmit Level Control (TLC) blocks sent at the beginning of transmission. SLOW. MODEM 39TONE PREAMBLE <long. Controls how quickly a modem deacquires due to MEDIUM. Selects the level the modem should expect from -40> the radio (default is 0 dBm).time> For data rates above 600 bps. 4. OFF> Only valid for STANAG 4539.. SLOW> Controls the doppler tracking capability of the modem.2. This command is only available in the 4539 mode of operation. MODEM 4539 RXAGC <ON.e. -20. OFF> Selects the Modem’s Automatic Gain Control (AGC) function to be either ON or OFF. 2. bad data). the more robust the synchronization (but end-to-end latency increases). MODEM 4539 DEACQUIRE <VERYSLOW. 1. MODEM 39TONE ACQONDATA <ON. This command is only available in the 110B mode of operation. 3. FAST> a loss of signal with no EOM detection or bad channel conditions (i. The preamble is a specific set of tones that are transmitted by the TX modem so that the RX modem can acquire frequency offset. symbol timing. This command is only available in the 4539 mode of operation. . This command is only available in the 4539 mode of operation. -30. For data rates of 600 bps down to 75 bps. Selects whether the modem should acquire synchronization in the middle of a data stream or optimize for short data packets. setting diversity to timefreq will provide better performance on fading channels but will increase latency by a small amount (delay depends on data rate). -10. MODEM 4539 RXLIMIT <0(OFF)1. the diversity setting has no effect. Both transmit and receive modems MUST have the same diversity setting. 6.59999> Selects the number of interleaver blocks the receive modem demodulated before automatically deacquiring. short> The 39TONE waveform has two different length preambles. Selects whether the modem should acquire synchronization in the middle of a data stream or optimize for short data packets..

Valid preset number options are 0 – 199 for RF-5710A-MD001 Modem and 0 – 15 for RF-5710A-MD002 Modem. PRESET LOAD XXX This command will load the modem’s current settings with a preset from non-volatile memory. Only applies to STANAG 4529. 850. PRESET SAVE XXX This command will take the current modem state and save it to a preset number. Saving a preset does not modify the active (implies the power up default) preset. Example: *00 conveys that the active (implies the power up default) preset is 00 and the user has modified on of the modems settings. Valid preset number options are 0 – 199 for RF-5710A-MD001 Modem and 0 – 15 for RF-5710A-MD002 Modem. SNR values that are more than twice the average distance from the mean are not included in the average calculation.…. and returns the previous rate and interleaver if the modem is idle. the preset number will be prefixed with an asterisk. …. 850. It is an error to execute this command without a preset number suffix (PR LO xx). 2400> Selects the sub-carrier frequency that the demodulator is to expect from the transmitting modem. Using this command to load a preset will set the active (implies the power up default) preset to the one selected. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. 3-73 . It is an error to execute this command without a preset number suffix (PR SA xx). Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description MODEM AVGSNR Returns the average SNR of the received waveform over a one-minute period when the modem is being operated in the single-tone modes. MODEM RXTONEFREQ <800. 2350. If a modem parameter has been or attempted to have been modified. PRESET Displays the currently active preset. 2400> Selects the sub-carrier frequency the modulator will use. MODEM TXTONEFREQ <800. 2350. Only applies to STANAG 4529. MODEM PREVRATE Returns the current rate and interleaver if a receive is in progress.

Valid options are 7 and 8 bits. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. REMOTE STOPBITS Sets the remote control number of stop bits. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description REMOTE Returns the current setting of all the following parameters: remote char length. REMOTE RATE Sets the remote control baud rate. 9600 and 19200. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. REMOTE ? Lists a short help screen to the terminal summarizing the remote control oriented commands. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. Valid options are 00 – ff (hexadecimal number base). If entered without a setting the current value is returned. REMOTE MULTIDROP Sets the multidrop mode of the remote control. 2400. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. remote electrical mode and remote multidrop ID. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. 3-74 . remote data rate.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. Valid options are 1 and 2. REMOTE BITS Sets the remote character length. remote stop bits. REMOTE ID Sets the remote control multidrop ID value. REMOTE HELP. remote multidrop mode. Valid options are 1200. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. 4800. Valid options are ON and OFF.

3-75 . When an NT mode is selected. RS-423. REPORT Returns detailed information about the results of the most recent execution of the TEST command (executed from either the front panel or remote). the normally connected internal termination resistors will not be connected to the remote control interface. RS-485 and RS-485NT. ZERO Resets all modem parameters (except remote and control parameters) to factory default values. RS-422. or the modem (OUTPUT). Equivalent to entering SYNC HELP. SYNC POLARITY <NORMAL. DATA> Selects whether the synchronous DTE transmit clock is supplied by the data terminal (INPUT). TEST Starts BIT function of the modem. off> Causes the modem to loop the transmit audio to the receive input. ? Equivalent to entering HELP command. similar to power down – power up. NOTE Once Aud Loopback has been started. NT is an abbreviation for No Termination. SYNC HELP Returns the commands available for changing the synchronous DTE parameters. SYNC TXCLOCK <INPUT. SYNC Returns the current synchronous DTE parameters. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-6. INVERTED> Selects the polarity of data used with the synchronous DTE port. or recovered from the incoming transmit data (DATA). SHOW Returns the current state of the modem. SYNC ? Returns the commands available for changing the synchronous DTE parameters. AudLoopback <on. RS-422NT. If entered without a setting the current value is returned. OUTPUT. an AudLoopback off command must be entered before the modem can transmit audio again. This option does not take effect until it is stored in preset memory and the modem is reset or power cycled. VERSIONS Returns the checksums of all the firmware packages in the modem. NORMAL space (V+) mark (V–) INVERTED space (V–) mark (V+) SYNC SHOW Returns the current synchronous DTE parameters. Remote Control Commands – Continued Command Description REMOTE ELECTRICAL Sets the electrical mode of the remote control interface. RESET Resets modem. Valid options are RS-232.

2 Valid Modem Configurations Table 3-7 lists the valid RF-5710A Modem configurations that can be commanded from the remote port. 1200. as shown below (operator input is in boldface type). No N/A Yes Yes Half/Full 300.3. or 9600.3.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4415 Zero 3-76 . 12.800 Zero 4539 Mode 3200. 8000. 150. and some parameter values are fixed. Yes N/A Yes Yes Half/Full 5066 Annex G 6400. 150. Short.11. Double Long. 1200 STANAG 600. Very Short. Long. 1800 Zero No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4529 (Uncoded) STANAG 300 Long No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4481–P STANAG 75 N/A No N/A No No Half/Full 4481–F STANAG 75 Long. the RF-5710A Modem ignores the command. 3. Long. Long. Yes N/A Yes Yes Half/Full 6400. 4800. Ultra Short STANAG 300 N/A No N/A Yes No Half/Full 5065–M STANAG 75 N/A No N/A No No Half/Full 5065–F STANAG 75. • RMT>modem type FSKWS • RMT>modem rate 1200 • Modem port sync • Modem rate 600 • RMT> The RF-5710A Modem substitutes the closest available rate to the one requested by the RF-5710A Modem rate command (600 is the highest rate that FSKWS can achieve). 12. 600. 9600.1 Command Parameters Certain parameter values have limited ranges. Table 3-7. Short No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4529 (Coded) 300.800 Medium Short. Functions Available for Waveform Type Selected Acquisition Mark/Space Modem Signal Waveform on Data is Frequency to Noise Autobaud Half/Full Type Baud Rate Interleaving Valid (Hz) Measurement on Receive Duplex Serial Tone 75. 8000. Long. If remote control commands attempt to change fixed parameters or exceed the acceptable range of limited parameters.2400 or Zero 4800 STANAG 3200. Very Long. 1200. Short. 4800. 600.11. Short.

(Available Medium third quarter Short. N/A No 50–2999 No No Half/Full (Variable 150. 75. 100.300.5 FSKWS 50*. 150. N/A No Mk. Yes N/A Yes Yes Half/Full 600. 600. 2400. 150. Short. 9600. 100 N/A No Mk.5 Sp. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-7. Very Long.800. No N/A Yes No Half/Full 300. Ultra Short STANAG 1200. Table 3-10 contains default modem configurations for the 39TONE. 150. Medium 6400. 600.3 Default Factory Modem Configuration Table 3-8 lists the RF-5710A default modem configurations available after the modem has been set to the factory default settings. Table 3-9 contains several unique default modem configurations for the MIL-STD-188-110B.=1915 No No Half/Full (Alternate 150 Sp.3. 12. 100. Zero 110B-F 9600. 300. 2001) Very Short. 19. Long. 3200.800 Very Short.= No No Half/Full (Narrow Shift) 2762. Default Factory Modem Configurations Mark/Space Baud Acquisition Frequency Autobaud on Half/Full Waveform Type Rate Interleaving on Data (Hz) Receive Duplex Serial Tone 2400 Long N/A N/A Yes Full STANAG 5066 Annex G 9600 Long OFF N/A Yes Full MIL-STD-188-110B 4800 Short OFF N/A Yes Half 3-77 . 1200. 75.200 Long. Yes N/A Yes Yes Half/Full 16.=2085 Wide) FSKV 50*. (Configurable) Shift) 600 *50 bps is supported only for asynchronous DTE interfaces. Long. Alternate Long. 1200. 12. 2400 39TONE 75. Long. 75. 2400.=2425 600 FSKA 50*. 8000.000.1200. Short No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4285 (Coded) 300. 100.=1575 No No Half/Full (Wide Shift) 150. Zero No N/A Yes No Half/Full 4285 3600 (Uncoded) FSKNS 50*. 4800.=2847. 2400 Alternate Short 110B 75. Ultra Short. Sp. 300. 3. Table 3-8. 75. N/A No Mk. Functions Available for Waveform Type Selected – Continued Acquisition Mark/Space Modem Signal Waveform on Data is Frequency to Noise Autobaud Half/Full Type Baud Rate Interleaving Valid (Hz) Measurement on Receive Duplex STANAG 75.11. Short. Very Long.

=1915 No Half (Alternate Sp.=1575 No Half (Wide Shift) Sp. Default Modem 39TONE Configurations Waveform Type Preamble Diversity 39TONE Long Time/Freq 3-78 .= No Half (Narrow Shift) 2762. Default Factory Modem Configurations – Continued Mark/Space Baud Acquisition Frequency Autobaud on Half/Full Waveform Type Rate Interleaving on Data (Hz) Receive Duplex MIL-STD-188-110B-Appendix F 9600 Short OFF N/A Yes Half STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4 4800 Short OFF N/A Yes Half STANAG 5065–M 300 N/A N/A N/A No Full STANAG 5065–F 75 N/A N/A N/A No Full STANAG 1200 Long N/A N/A No Full 4529 (Coded) STANAG 1200 Zero N/A N/A No Full 4529 (Uncoded) STANAG 4481–P 300 Long N/A N/A No Full STANAG 4481–F 75 N/A N/A N/A No Full STANAG 4415 75 Long N/A N/A No Full STANAG 2400 Long N/A N/A No Full 4285 (Coded) STANAG 2400 Zero N/A N/A No Full 4285 (Uncoded) FSKNS 75 N/A N/A Mk. Default Modem Configurations RX AGC Waveform Type TLC Level RX AGC TX EOM RX Limit Doppler Deacquire MIL-STD-188-110B 4 0 OFF ON 0 Slow Fast MIL-STD-188-110B 4 0 OFF ON 0 Slow Fast Appendix F STANAG 4539 4 0 OFF ON 0 Slow Fast Table 3-10.=2085 Wide) FSKV (Variable Shift) 300 N/A N/A 50–2999 No Half (Configurable) 1070/1275 Table 3-9.=2847.5 FSKWS 600 N/A N/A Mk.=2425 FSKA 150 N/A N/A Mk.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-8.5 Sp.

Table 3-11. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3.3.4 Miscellaneous Default Settings Table 3-11 lists the RF-5710A default miscellaneous configurations available after the modem has been set to the factory default settings.3.5 Example of Configuring the Waveform and Data Port Commands listed in Table 3-12 show how to use the remote control to configure the RF-5710A Modem for the following specifications: Waveform: Serial Tone Over the Air Rate: 1200 bps Modem Duplex: Full-Duplex Interleaving Time: Short Data Port Type: Asynchronous Data Port Rate: 2400 bps Data Port Character Length: 7 bits Data Port Stop Bits: 1 bit Data Port Parity: Even Data Port Flow Control: XON/XOFF Data Port Data Polarity: NORMAL (Not Inverted) NOTE Commands shown boldfaced are commands that are entered by the operator using the remote control terminal.11. Responses from the RF-5710A Modem are shown as normal text. 3-79 . Miscellaneous Default Settings Menu Option Sub Menu Default Option Activity Detector Off Keyline RTS/Data Keys Xmtr Audio TX Level 0 dBm Data Port Sync Polarity Normal TX Clock INT Remote N/A Multidrop Off Electrical RS232 Rate 9600 Stop Bits 1 Parity None Char Length 8 Modem ID 1 Display N/A Backlight On Contrast Level 3 3.11.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION Table 3-12. The commands must be entered such that a valid operating mode is always selected. the order in which commands are entered is important.3. Waveform: FSK Wide Shift Over the Air Rate: 50 bps Modem Duplex: Full-Duplex Data Port Type: Asynchronous Data Port Type: 50 bps Data Port Character Length: 8 bits Data Port Stop Bits: 1 bit Data Port Parity: No Parity Data Port Flow Control: CTS (Hardware Handshaking) Data Port Polarity: NORMAL (Not Inverted) 3-80 .11. Configuring the Waveform and Data Port Command Response RMT> modem type serial Modem Type Serial RMT> modem rate 1200 Modem Rate Idle (RX) Modem Rate 1200 bps (TX) RMT> modem duplex full Modem Duplex FULL RMT> modem interleaving short Modem Interleave IDLE (RX) Modem Interleave SHORT (TX) RMT>modem port async Modem Port ASYNC RMT>async rate 2400 Async Rate 2400 RMT>async bits 7 Async Bits 7 RMT>async stop bits 1 Async Stop Bits 1 RMT>async parity even Async Parity EVEN RMT>async flow xonxoff Async Flow XONXOFF RMT>async polarity normal Async Polarity NORMAL RMT>modem show Modem Type SERIAL Modem Rate IDLE (RX) Modem Rate 1200 bps (TX) Modem Interleave IDLE (RX) Modem Interleave SHORT (TX) Modem Acquire On Data OFF Modem Duplex FULL Modem Keyline RTS Modem Port ASYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay 3.6 Example of Configuring FSK 50 BPS Commands listed in Table 3-13 show how to use the remote control to configure the RF-5710A Modem for the following specifications: NOTE Since 50 bps is available only for the FSK modes with anasynchronous DTE.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION NOTE Commands shown boldfaced are commands that are entered by the operator using the remote control terminal. Error messages are displayed if an invalid configuration is commanded. As a general rule. 3-81 . DTE data rate and FSK channel rate should be selected last when entering and first when leaving 50 bps FSK operation. Proper command sequencing is also required when switching out of 50 bps FSK modes. Responses from the RF-5710A Modem are shown as normal text. Table 3-13. Configuring FSK 50 BPS Command Response RMT>modem type fskw Modem Type FSKWS RMT>modem port asynchronous Modem Port ASYNC RMT>modem rate 50 Modem Rate 50 bps RMT>modem duplex full Modem Duplex FULL RMT>async rate 50 Async Rate 50 bps RMT>async bits 8 Async Bits 8 RMT>async stop 1 Async Stop Bits 1 RMT>async parity none Async Parity NONE RMT>async flow cts Async Flow CTS RMT>async polarity normal Async Polarity NORMAL RMT>modem show Modem Type FSKWS Modem Rate 50 bps Modem Duplex FULL Modem Mark 1575 Modem Space 2425 Modem Keyline ON Modem Port ASYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay + 0s RMT>async show Async rate 50 bps Async Bits 8 Async Stop Bits 1 Async Parity NONE Async Flow CTS Async Polarity NORMAL Sync TX Clock INPUT Sync Polarity NORMAL Sync DITT Mode OFF NOTE The sequence of commands is important to ensure that the RF-5710A Modem configuration is valid at all times.

Show Menu (Serial Mode) 3-82 . RMT> show Key OFF Receive IDLE Transmit IDLE Modem Port SYNC Modem Type SERIAL Modem Rate IDLE (RX) Modem Rate 2400bps (TX) Modem Interleave IDLE (RX) Modem Interleave LONG (TX) RMT>_ 5710-402a Figure 3-33. For example. the SHOW command can be executed at the remote terminal by typing the letters SH at the RMT> prompt and pressing the RETURN key (refer to Table 3-5).RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION 3. The program parameters on the HELP menus are listed with certain letters capitalized. Commands shown boldfaced are commands that are entered by the operator using the remote control terminal. These uppercase letters are the minimum number of characters that must be typed in for the command keyword to be recognized by the RF-5710A Modem.12 SHOW (SH) AND HELP (HE OR ?) MENUS Figures 3-33 through 3-41 show some examples of remote commands and the expected resulting outputs as displayed on the screen. Responses from the RF-5710A Modem are shown as normal text.

RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (FSK Mode) 3-83 . RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (Serial Mode) RMT> modem show Modem Type FSKV Modem Rate 300bps Modem Duplex HALF Modem Mark 1070 Modem Space 1275 Modem Keyline RTS Modem Port SYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay +0s Offset 0 Hz RMT>_ 5710–404a Figure 3-35. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION RMT> modem show Modem Type SERIAL Modem Rate IDLE (RX) Modem Rate 2400bps (TX) Modem Interleave IDLE (RX) Modem Interleave LONG (TX) Modem Acquire On Data OFF Modem Duplex FULL Modem Keyline RTS Modem Port SYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay +0s RMT>_ 5710–403a Figure 3-34.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION RMT> modem show Modem Type 4285–C Modem Rate 2400bps Modem Interleave LONG Modem Duplex FULL Modem Keyline RTS Modem Port SYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay +0s RMT>_ 5710–406 Figure 3-36. RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (STANAG 4529 Mode) RMT> async show (or RMT> sync show) Async Rate 9600 Async Bits 8 Async Stop Bits 1 Async Parity NONE Async Flow CTS Async Polarity NORMAL Sync TX Clock OUTPUT Sync Polarity NORMAL RMT>_ 5710–408 Figure 3-38. Async and Sync Show Menu 3-84 . RF-5710A Modem Show Menu (STANAG 4285 Mode) RMT> modem show Modem Type 4529–C Modem Rate 1200bps Modem Interleave LONG Modem Duplex FULL Modem RX Tone Frequency 2000 Modem TX Tone Frequency 2000 Modem Keyline RTS Modem Port SYNC Modem TX Level 0 dBm Modem TX Audio Delay +0s RMT>_ 5710–407 Figure 3-37.

. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION RMT> help ACtivity – Activity Detector command ACtivity help – display activity commands ASync – async command ASync HElp – display async commands AUdloopback – ON/OFF CLear clear pending fault and reset modem FTune – +/–/0 HElp or ? – display this list INitialize – Reset modem params to active preset MEter – display fsk tune meter MOdem – modem command MOdem HElp – display modem commands PReset – display power up preset number PReset SAve – 0/1/./199 REmote – display remote setup parameters REmote HElp – display remote setup commands RESET – restart modem SHow – show status SYnc – sync command SYnc HElp – display sync commands TEST – perform self test REPORT – show results of last front panel or remote TEST VErsions – report firmware revisions ZERO – reset to factory defaults Sample command: modem show RMT> 5710–409 Figure 3-39.. HELP Menu 3-85 ./199 PReset LOad – 0/1/...

.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION RMT> modem help Modem commands consist of the following. and Firmware Version WAveform – 4285/4529/110B/HIgh ELectrical – RS232/RS422/RS423/MS114 ROffset – set all fsk RX offset from –200/–195/.9 RXTOnefreq – 800 – 2400 TXTOnefreq – 800 – 2400 MArk – 50 – 2999 SPace – 50 – 2999 SNr or SNR? – display receive SNR SHow – show status IDentify – show Model. preceded by MOdem: POrt – ASync/SYnc TYpe – SErial/5066G/5065–M/5065–F/4529–C/4529–U/4481–P/4481–F/4415 4285–C/4285–U/FSKWs/FSKNs/FSKA/FSKV RAte – 50/75/100/150/300/600/1200/1800/2400/3200/3600/4800/6400 8000/9600/12800 INterleave – LOng/SHort/ZEro/DOublelong ACqondata – OFf (ON is available for 5066G waveform only) KEyline – ON/OFf/RTs (RTS also implies Data) DUplex – HAlf/FUll TXlevel –+10/+8/+6/+4/+2/0/–2/–4/–6/–8/–10/–12/–14/–16/–18/–20/ –22/–24/–26/–28/–30/–32/–34/–36/–38/–40 DElay – 0 – 19./+200 TCarrier – ALways on/NOrmal TX carrier mode for 5065 HElp or ? – display this list Sample command: modem rate 600 RMT> 5710–410 Figure 3-40. Mfg./+200 TOffset – set 5065 only TX offset from –200/–195/. RF-5710A Modem Help Menu 3-86 ....

Remote Help Menu 3-87 . These features are for the purpose of automated setup of the RF-5710A. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION RMT> remote help The following Remote Control commands will not take effect until either the power is cycled or the RESET command is activated.. Using the TEST command or setting any remote parameters from the front panel will also cause the remote parameters to actually take effect. All Remote command settings will be stored immediately as GLOBAL parameters. They are NOT stored as separate Preset information. Remote commands consist of the following./FF The Hexadecimal multidrop modem ID MUltidrop – OFf/ON PArity – NOne/ODd/EVen RAte – 1200/2400/4800/9600/19200/38400/57600/115200 STopbits – 1/2 Sample command: remote id f9 RMT> Figure 3-41. The parameters when queried will return the last result written by the commands whether the change has been activated or not. preceded by REmote: BIts – 7/8 ELectrical – RS232/RS422/RS423/RS422NT/RS485/RS485NT HElp or ? – Displays this help screen ID – 00/01/.

3-88 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM OPERATION This page intentionally left blank.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

CHAPTER 4

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
4.1 INTRODUCTION
4.1.1 General
This chapter covers the functional description of the circuitry in the RF-5710A Modem. Paragraph 4.2 contains
the overall functional description. Paragraph 4.3 provides the major functional description which covers the major
circuits on the Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs). Refer to Chapter 6 for Built-In Test (BIT) and troubleshooting
information.
4.2 OVERALL FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
4.2.1 General
The following paragraphs provide an overall description of how the RF-5710A Modem functions.
4.2.2 Purpose of the RF-5710A Modem
The Harris RF-5710A series of HF/LF modems are designed to operate with conventional Single Sideband
(SSB-HF) transmitters/receivers and provide reliable high-speed communications over HF radio circuits. They
are significantly enhanced versions of the industry standard RF-5710 modem and have both increased processing
power and additional memory to accommodate the latest generation of high-speed adaptively-equalized HF
waveforms.
4.2.3 Simplified Functional Level Descriptions
Radio functional level descriptions are described in the following paragraphs:

• Paragraph 4.2.3.1 – Transmit Processing

• Paragraph 4.2.3.2 – Receive Processing

For a more detailed functional description, refer to Paragraph 4.3.
4.2.3.1 Transmit Processing
See Figure 4-1. Data from the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) is input to the RF-5710A Modem Control
Processor (MCP) through level conversion circuitry which can be configured for commonly used electrical
interface standards. The MCP performs data buffering, clock recovery, clock correction, and asynchronous data
conversion. It passes the formatted data to the Digital Signal Processor (DSP) circuit. The DSP processors
generate the selected waveform and modulate it with the transmit data. The digital information is sent to a
digital-to-analog converter which converts it to an analog audio signal, which is amplified and output to the HF
radio transmitter through an audio transformer. The MCP circuit also activates the keylines to the transmitter and
provides control functions for the front panel and remote port.
4.2.3.2 Receive Processing
See Figure 4-1. The signal output from the HF receiver is input to the modem through an audio transformer and
fed to an analog-to-digital converter. The DSP processors demodulate the samples from the analog-to-digital
converter and extract the data which is passed to the MCP processor. The MCP performs data buffering, clock
correction, and serial data formatting. The serial data is output to the DTE through level conversion circuitry
which can be configured for commonly used electrical interface standards.

4-1

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING CORE
XMT AUDIO
XFORMER

512 k
DSP AIC
PRIMARY RADIO
SRAM INTERFACE, J4

RCV AUDIO
XFORMER

XMT AUDIO
XFORMER

512 k
DSP AIC
SECONDARY RADIO
SRAM INTERFACE, J5

RCV AUDIO
XFORMER

REF. OSC
9.216 MHz

KEYLINE
MODEM CONTROL INTERFACE
PROCESSOR (MCP)

16 M ETHERNET ETHERNET
DRAM INTERFACE INTERFACE, J1

8M HOST DTE DTE
FLASH PROCESSOR INTERFACE INTERFACE, J2

1M REMOTE REMOTE
FLASH (NV) INTERFACE INTERFACE, J3

LCD
KEYBOARD
DISPLAY
5710A-2001

Figure 4-1. Modem Functional Block Diagram

4-2

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

4.3 MAJOR FUNCTION LEVEL DESCRIPTION
The major function level description is provided in the following paragraphs.
4.3.1 Power Supply
The power supply accepts input voltages in the range of 85 Vac – 264 Vac, with an input frequency range of
47 Hz – 440 Hz, with no internal strapping or voltage selection required. The input power is routed from the rear
panel AC input filter module to the front panel power switch, then to the power supply input connector. The
power supply produces DC output voltages of +5V, –12V, and +12V, which power A1 HF Modem Printed Wiring
Board (PWB) Assembly.
4.3.2 Front Panel Assembly
A5 Front Panel Assembly consists of a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) module and four push-button switches
which are connected to A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly by a flexible ribbon cable. The LCD module displays two
rows of 20 characters each. Key presses on the push-buttons are detected by the MCP on A1 HF Modem PWB
Assembly, which processes the front panel inputs and sends menu and status information to the front panel
display.
4.3.3 HF Modem Circuit Board Assembly
A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly consists of the following sections of circuitry.
4.3.3.1 RF-5710A Modem Control Processor (MCP) Circuit
The MCP circuit consists of a Power PCt microprocessor, 8 Mbytes of Flash memory for program code,
16 Mbytes of Random Access Memory (RAM), and 1 Mbyte of Flash memory for non-volatile storage of the
RF-5710A Modem operating parameters. The program code is downloaded from the Flash memory into the fast
random access memory of the DSP processors upon power-on or reset. The MCP runs from a master oscillator
which has a frequency of 9.216 MHz. The MCP circuit controls all RF-5710A Modem interfaces, including the
front panel display and push-button interface, remote control interface, and the data terminal interface. In
addition, it performs initial processing of transmit data and final processing of receive data as required by the
selected waveform. Data is passed between the MCP and DSP circuits via a common memory interface.
4.3.3.2 DSP Circuit
The DSP circuit consists of a two TMS320C549 digital signal processors, each with 512 kbytes of fast Random
Access Memory (SRAM). The DSP processors communicate with two Analog Interface Chips (AICs) which
provide analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion functions for the primary and secondary radio
interfaces. The DSP circuit performs all waveform generation, modulation, and demodulation functions.
4.3.3.3 HF Radio Interface
The RF-5710A Modem is provided with two radio interface ports; a primary port which is normally used to
connect the HF radio and a secondary port which is intended to support future modem capabilities that include
diversity reception and Independent Sideband (ISB) operation.
Each port is equipped with transformer coupled balanced audio inputs and outputs which are connected to the
AICs in the DSP circuit. The transmit audio levels are controlled by the MCP and can be adjusted from –40 dBm
to +10 dBm from the front panel controls or the remote control port. The receive audio signals are buffered and
fed to multiplying analog-to-digital converters, which are used to provide Automatic Gain Control (AGC). The
receive audio inputs do not require adjustment and can accommodate signals in the range –35 dBm to +10 dBm.
A programmable transmit audio delay is provided for transmitters which are slow tuning or have long
transmit-receive changeover times. This feature delays the output of the transmit audio for a preset period after
the transmitter keyline has been asserted. It can be set from 0 to 15.0 seconds in increments of 0.1 seconds from
either the front panel controls or the remote control interface.

4-3

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

Adjusting this setting will also delay the assertion of the RF-5710A Modem DTE port Clear-to-Send (CTS) signal
in response to the Request-to-Send (RTS) signal from the DTE equipment. Any data sent before CTS is asserted
will be ignored.
Figure 4-2 is the Keyline Delay Timing Diagram and shows the RF-5710A DTE data port handshaking signals in
relation to the transmitted audio signal. Table 4-1 lists the minimum timing diagram values.

RTS

CTS tKD

tRC

KEYLINE

tRK

tCA
AUDIO

tKA

tRA

tRK – DELAY BETWEEN ASSERTION OF RTS AND KEYLINE ASSERTION
tRC – RTS DEBOUNCE PERIOD
tKD – PROGRAMMABLE KEYLINE DELAY AMOUNT
tCA – SYSTEM DELAY BETWEEN ASSERTION OF CTS AND START OF TX AUDIO
tRA – TOTAL DELAY TIME BETWEEN ASSERTION OF RTS AND THE START OF THE TX AUDIO
tKA – DELAY BETWEEN THE ASSERTION OF THE KEYLINE AND THE START OF THE TX AUDIO

RF-5710-500

Figure 4-2. Keyline Delay Timing Diagram

Table 4-1. Minimum Timing Diagram Values
Value Minimum
tRK 1 mS
tRC 20 mS
tKD Variable
tCA 4 mS
tRA = tRC + tKD + tCA 24 mS + tKD
tKA = tRA – tRK 23 mS + tKD

4-4

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

4.3.3.4 Data Terminal Interface
Transmit data, receive data, synchronous clocks, and the RTS/CTS handshaking signals are provided on DTE
connector J2. These signals are connected to the MCP through level conversion circuitry which can be configured
for the following commonly used electrical interface standards:

• RS-232D

• RS-422 balanced

• RS-423 unbalanced

• MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced

The DTE interface can be configured for synchronous or asynchronous operation. The functions of the signals on
the DTE port are described below.
The RF-5710A Modem initiates transmission in response to a RTS signal from the DTE. If the DTE does not
support RTS signaling, an external means of generating an RTS signal must be provided. In response to the RTS
signal, the modem provides a CTS signal when it is ready to accept data for transmission. Any data sent prior by
the DTE prior to CTS being asserted is ignored. The RF-5710A Modem continues to transmit data until the RTS
line is dropped by the DTE indicating the end of the data. A short time later, the RF-5710A Modem also drops its
CTS line to the DTE. When the DTE drops the RTS line, it should not be reasserted until the RF-5710A Modem
drops its CTS line to the DTE. The DTE should drop the RTS line between messages to ensure that a preamble is
sent at the beginning of each new message.
The RF-5710A Modem provides a Carrier Detect (CD) signal to the DTE whenever an incoming signal is
detected.
In the synchronous modes of operation, the transmit and receive data clocks are generally provided by the
RF-5710A Modem to the DTE. However, the source of the transmit clock can be set by the user; the RF-5710A
Modem can either provide the clock to the DTE or accept it from the DTE. An external clock should be supplied
continuously to the modem since an interruption will cause the modem to indicate a fault.
In the asynchronous modes of operation, external clocks are not used and the sending and receiving DTEs need
not be set at the same data rate. However, the character length, parity, and number of stop bits must be identical
between the transmitting and receiving DTEs and RF-5710A Modems. Flow control is provided in case the DTE
rate exceeds the over-the-air rate. It can be set to use either the CTS signal or the XON/XOFF characters (for 7
and 8-bit character lengths). The CTS signal is dropped when the modem can no longer accept data from the DTE
and it is reasserted when the RF-5710A Modem is ready to accept more data.
If the RF-5710A Modem is commanded to change mode while a transmission is in progress, the RF-5710A
Modem drops the CTS signal and terminates the transmission, which may involve sending an End-Of-Message
(EOM) sequence and any unsent data in the interleaver and convolutional encoder. Once all the data is
transmitted, the RF-5710A Modem automatically changes mode, reasserts the CTS signal and starts a new
transmission using the new mode.

4-5

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

4.3.3.5 Remote Control Interface
Serial commands from a remote control terminal or remote control computer are input to the RF-5710A Modem
through Remote Port J3. The transmit and receive data signals from the remote port are connected to the MCP
through level conversion circuitry which can be configured for the commonly used electrical interface standards.
The remote port can also be configured for point-to-point or multidrop operation. In the multidrop mode, the
control computer can address multiple modems connected to the same remote control bus. The remote port can be
set to the following electrical interface standards:
4.3.3.5.1 Applicable Documents
The following documents specify the capabilities and limitations of the different electrical interfaces, allowing the
selection of the best interface for the user’s application.
NOTE
The operator is strongly recommended to read all of the
following documents. This will provide the user with a complete
understanding necessary for optimal RF-5710A Modem
performance.
• NATO STANAG 5066 Profile for Maritime High Frequency (HF) Radio Data Communications, Version
1.0. Annex D: Interface between Data Transfer Dublayer and Communications Equipment.
• EIA RS-232E – Interface between Data Terminal Equipment and Data Communication Equipment
Employing Serial Binary Data.
• EIA RS-242
• MIL-STD-188-114A
• MIL-STD-188C
• EIA RS-422 – Interface (Provides MIL-STD-188C polarities and slew rates recommended in
MIL-STD-114A.)
• EIA RS-243
• EIA RS-485
4.3.3.5.2 Electrical (RS-232, RS-422, RS-422-NT, RS-423, RS-485, RS-485-NT)
The electrical characteristics of the remote port can be selected from the following electrical standards:
• RS-232D
• RS-422 balanced
• RS-423 unbalanced
• RS-485
In the RS-485 mode, the interface operates in a half-duplex mode and only two wires are needed to support both
transmit and receive data. The modem automatically senses the direction of the data and operates the interface
accordingly.
In multidrop mode, each RF-5710A Modem will turn on TX terminations and drivers only when transmitting a
response. Otherwise, the TX termination and drivers are disabled. The delay from the time the RF-5710A Modem
completes the transmission of its response, to the time when the termination and drivers are disabled, is 500 ms.

4-6

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

4.3.3.5.3 Firmware Upgrade Capability
The remote port can also be used to download new firmware from a personal computer using the Xmodem
protocol. Following a data integrity check, the new firmware is loaded into the MCP flash memory to either
upgrade the existing waveforms or to add new waveforms.
4.3.4 Waveform Descriptions
This section provides short descriptions of each of the waveforms supported by the RF-5710A series modems.
Complete descriptions can be found in the applicable standards documents.
Typical signal-to-noise ratio requirements for the different data rates and modes are listed in Table 1-4. The
signal-to-noise ratio is referred to a 3 kHz bandwidth. The International Radio Consultative Committee,
International Telecommunications Union (ITU), Geneva (CCIR) Poor channel is representative of a type of
skywave communications channel and the Gaussian channel is representative of short range surface wave
communications. This table should only be used as a guide because HF channel conditions vary considerably and
the actual error rate performance can also be dependent on a number of other factors. Given these signal-to-noise
ratio requirements, some examples of the performance that can be expected from different HF circuits are listed
below:
• A well-engineered 1 kW HF link operating at the optimum frequency over distances of up to 500 km can
produce signal-to-noise ratios in the order of 30 dB during the middle of the day and be capable of
supporting data rates as high as 9600 bps. Lower transmit powers can also support 9600 bps, depending
on channel conditions.
• A well-engineered 1 kW surface wave link between two ships can provide signal-to-noise ratios greater
than 30 dB out to ranges of 400 km and be capable of supporting data rates as high as 9600 bps. Lower
transmit powers can also support 9600 bps, depending on channel conditions.
• Clearly readable SSB voice communications require signal-to-noise ratios of at least 13 dB. Circuits
providing this are also likely to be able to support data rates up to 2400 bps.
• Poor quality SSB voice communications are possible at signal-to-noise ratios as low as 6 dB. Under these
circumstances, data communications may be possible at rates as high as 600 bps.
• Data rates of 300 bps and below can be used on HF circuits which are not useable for SSB voice.
• The performance of the 75 bps STANAG 4415 mode rivals that of a skilled morse-code operator.
4.3.4.1 STANAG 5065 Waveform
The STANAG 5065 waveform has been provided for high speed LF waveform applications. The 5065 mode
provides both FSK and MSK waveform. Both utilize a center frequency of 975 Hz and a shift frequency of ±42.5
Hz. The FSK waveform requires 235 Hz bandwidth and operates at 75 bps. MSK requires 360 Hz and operates at
300 bps. For this waveform the modem provides receive and transmit offset adjustments ±200 Hz in 5 Hz
increments.
4.3.4.2 STANAG 5066, Annex G Waveform
The STANAG 5066, Annex G waveforms provide the highest possible data rates over conventional 3kHz HF
channels. A single 1800 Hz sub-carrier is modulated at a constant rate of 2400 symbols per second. The type of
modulation varies from 64-QAM to 4-PSK according to the data rate selected. Known data symbols are
periodically inserted in the transmitted signal to allow for adaptive channel equalization at the receiver.
Convolutional coding (FEC) and Viterbi decoding are combined with interleaving to enhance the performance of
the RF-5710A Modem on fading HF channels. Data rates from 3200 bps to 9600 bps are supported together with
long, double-long, short, and zero interleaving options. An additional 12,800 bps uncoded waveform is supported
for line-of-sight applications. Automatic detection of the data rate and interleaver setting are provided in the
receive mode.

4-7

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

4.3.4.3 MIL-STD-188-110B Serial Tone Waveform
The MIL-STD-188-110B serial tone waveform is a good general purpose, high-speed HF waveform. The data rate
can be set from 75 bps to 2400 bps and it provides excellent performance on a wide range of HF channels. The
interleaving depth can be set to zero, short, or long. It also supports a 4800 bps uncoded mode for use on very
good channels. It uses Phase Shift Keying (PSK) modulation of a single 1800 Hz sub-carrier at a constant rate of
2400 symbols per second. The modulation order varies from 2-ary to 8-ary according to the data rate selected.
Known data symbols are periodically inserted in the transmitted signal to allow for adaptive channel equalization
at the receiver. Convolutional coding and Viterbi decoding are combined with block interleaving to enhance the
performance on fading HF channels. Automatic data rate and interleaver setting detection are provided in receive
mode. The waveform is optimized for point-to-point applications and a robust synchronization preamble is
provided at the beginning of each transmission.
4.3.4.4 MIL-STD-188-110B Mode (110B Mode)
The 110B Mode waveform provides the highest possible data rates over conventional SSB channels. A single
1800 Hz sub-carrier is modulated at a constant rate of 2400 symbols per second. The type of modulation varies
from 64-QAM to 2-PSK according to the data rate selected. Known data symbols are periodically inserted in the
transmitted signal to allow for adaptive channel equalization at the receiver. Convolutional coding (FEC) and
Viterbi decoding are combined with interleaving to enhance the performance of the RF-5710A Modem on fading
HF channels. Data rates from 75 bps to 9600 bps are supported together with zero (Z) ultra short (US), very short
(VS), short (S), medium (M), long (L), and very long (VL) interleaving options. An additional 4800 and 12,800
bps uncoded waveforms are supported for line-of-sight applications. Automatic detection of the data rate and
interleaver setting are provided in the receive mode.
4.3.4.5 STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4 Waveform
The STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4 waveform provides the highest possible data rates over conventional ISB
channels. A single 1800 Hz sub-carrier is modulated at a constant rate of 2400 symbols per second. The type of
modulation varies from 64-QAM to 4-PSK according to the data rate selected. Known data symbols are
periodically inserted in the transmitted signal to allow for adaptive channel equalization at the receiver.
Convolutional coding (FEC) and Viterbi decoding are combined with interleaving to enhance the performance of
the RF-5710A Modem on fading HF channels. Data rates from 9600 bps to 19,200 bps are supported together
with ultra short (US), very short (VS), short (S), medium (M), long (L), and very long (VL) interleaving options.
An additional 12,800 bps uncoded waveform is supported for line-of-sight applications. Automatic detection of
the data rate and interleaver setting are provided in the receive mode.
4.3.4.6 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix F High Data Rate Mode (110B-F Mode)
The 110B-F Mode waveform provides the highest possible data rates over conventional ISB channels. Two 1800
Hz sub-carriers are modulated at a constant rate of 2400 symbols per second. The type of modulation varies from
64-QAM to 4-PSK according to the data rate selected. Known data symbols are periodically inserted in the
transmitted signal to allow for adaptive channel equalization at the receiver. Convolutional coding (FEC) and
Viterbi decoding are combined with interleaving to enhance the performance of the RF-5710A Modem on fading
HF channels. Data rates from 9600 bps to 19,200 bps are supported together with ultra short (US), very short
(VS), short (S), medium (M), long (L), and very long (VL) interleaving options. Automatic detection of the data
rate and interleaver setting are provided in the receive mode.

4-8

It uses PSK modulation of a single sub-carrier tone at a rate of 1200 symbols per second.4. short and long. and a secondary port which is intended to support future modem capabilities that include diversity reception and Independent Sideband (ISB) transmission. The STANAG 4481-F waveform has an identical format to the 75 bps Wide Shift FSK mode.3. 4. 4.5 Radio Interface Ports The RF-5710A Modem is compatible with most HF-SSB radio equipment. The interleaving depth can be set to alternate-short. 4.4. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 4. The principal differences are the use of a convolutional interleaver instead of a block interleaver.3. User selection of the mark/space frequencies over the range of 50 Hz to 2999 Hz (1 Hz resolution) is provided.8 STANAG 4285 Waveform The STANAG 4285 waveform is similar to the MIL-STD-188-110B serial tone waveform. The RF-5710A Modem is provided with two radio interface ports. The transmitted signal occupies a bandwidth of 3kHz. However.3. The data rate can be set from 75 bps to 2400 bps and it provides good performance for a wide range of HF channels.3.4. The waveform utilizes a 1/2 rate convolutional code coupled with 4-ary Orthogonal Walsh modulation. the format of the synchronization sequences.4.4.3.4. 4.3.9 STANAG 4529 Waveform The STANAG 4529 waveform has an identical format to the STANAG 4285 waveform.11 STANAG 4481-P AND -F Waveforms The STANAG 4481 waveforms were added to the RF-5710A Modem to simplify operator selection of Naval BRASS broadcast waveforms.12 Frequency Shift Keyed (FSK) Waveform The FSK mode is provided for compatibility with older modems. alternate-long. The waveform is optimized for point-to-point applications and a robust synchronization is provided at the beginning of each transmission.10 STANAG 4415 NATO Robust Waveform The STANAG 4415 NATO robust waveform is the same as the MIL-STD-188-110B 75 bps waveform. This allows it to be used where the existing frequency assignments cannot support the 3 kHz bandwidth required for the STANAG 4285 waveform. but it uses a reduced bandwidth of 1240 Hz.3. 4. The most important radio equipment requirements are listed in Table 4-2. 4-9 . a primary port which is normally used to connect the radio. It uses a 4-DPSK (differential PSK) modulation on each of the 39 tones. high speed HF waveform. Reed-Solomon coding and Soft-Decision Reed-Solomon Decoding are combined with block interleaving to enhance the performance on fading HF channels. The RF-5710A Modem allows the sub-carrier frequency to be selected between 800 Hz and 2400 Hz (in 50 Hz steps). It provides coded data rates from 75 bps to 2400 bps and uncoded data rates from 1200 bps to 3600 bps. The STANAG 4481-P waveform has an identical format to the 300 bps long interleaver STANAG 4285 waveform. 4. Automatic detection of the data rate and the interleave factor of incoming transmissions is not provided by this waveform. The STANAG 4285 waveform is optimized for broadcast applications because of its continuous synchronization capability. and the ratio of known to unknown data symbols. It provides coded data rates from 75 bps to 1200 bps and uncoded data rates from 600 bps to 1800 bps. the demodulation process is greatly enhanced to accommodate multipath delay spreads greater than 10 ms and Doppler spread (fade rate) greater than 50 Hz.7 MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39TONE Waveform The US MIL-STD-188-110B Appendix B 39TONE waveform is a good general purpose.

Radio Equipment Requirements Parameter Requirement Envelope Delay Distortion Less than 1 millisecond total for transmitter and receiver between 675 Hz and 2812 Hz. Table 4-2. Synthesizer Phase Noise RMS phase jitter should not exceed 2. The keylines are enabled as a result of the RF-5710A Modem receiving a Request-to-Send (RTS) signal from the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE). it should not be reasserted until the RF-5710A Modem drops its CTS line to the DTE. The RF-5710A Modem initiates transmission in response to an RTS signal from the DTE. The RF-5710A Modem continues to transmit data until the RTS line is dropped by the DTE indicating the end of the data. When the DTE drops the RTS line. with the exception (AGC) of the STANAG 5066. The DTE port can be set to the following electrical standards: • RS-232D • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced In addition. Any data sent by the DTE prior to CTS being asserted is ignored.3. A short time later. the RF-5710A Modem can be configured for synchronous or asynchronous operation. If the DTE does not support RTS signaling. The primary radio interface port also provides two keyline signals to cause the radio to switch from receive to transmit. an external means of generating an RTS signal must be provided. The receive audio input does not require adjustment and can accommodate signals in the range –30 dBm to +10 dBm. Amplitude Distortion Amplitude ripple between 300 Hz and 3000 Hz should not exceed 2 dB. Annex G waveforms which require decay times of approximately 2 seconds. Receiver Automatic Gain Control Decay time should be approximately 500 milliseconds. One keyline is an open collector transistor driver and the other is an isolated bi-directional contact closure. Intermodulation Distortion Third-order intermodulation distortion products should be at least 35 dB below Peak Envelope Power (PEP). 4.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION Each port provides a 600-ohm balanced transmit audio output and a 600-ohm balanced receive audio input. The appropriate keyline for the radio should be used. In response to the RTS signal. the RF-5710A Modem provides a Clear-to-Send (CTS) signal when it is ready to accept data for transmission. the RF-5710A Modem also drops its CTS line to the DTE.5. The transmit output level can be adjusted from –40 dBm to +10 dBm through the use of the front panel controls or the remote control port. 4-10 . The DTE should drop the RTS line between messages to ensure that a preamble is sent at the beginning of each new message.5 degrees when averaged over 22 millisecond periods. The functions of the signals on the DTE port are described below. Synthesizer Stability Better than ±1 part in 106.1 Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Port The RF-5710A series modems are designed to operate with a wide variety of DTE.

4. the transmit and receive data clocks are generally provided by the RF-5710A Modem to the DTE. However. An external clock should be supplied continuously to the RF-5710A Modem since an interruption will cause the modem to indicate a fault. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The RF-5710A Modem provides a Carrier Detect (CD) signal to the DTE whenever the modem has data for the DTE.2 Remote Control Port The RF-5710A Modem can be controlled from an ASCII terminal or control computer connected to the modem remote control port.5. parity. In the asynchronous modes of operation.5. the modem can either provide the clock to the DTE or accept it from the DTE. In the synchronous modes of operation. any RF-5710A Modem operating parameter that can be selected from the front panel can be controlled from the remote control port. It can be set to use either the CTS signal or the XON/XOFF characters (for 7 and 8-bit character lengths). The Remote Control Port can be set to the following electrical standards: • RS-232D • RS-422 balanced • RS-423 unbalanced • RS-485 The remote control protocol is described in detail in Paragraph 4. NOTE The receiver clock is always provided by the modem. The RF-5710A Modem is capable of reporting current operational and front-panel status in response to polls from the remote control unit.3. the control computer can address multiple modems connected to the same remote control bus. The remote control port can be configured for “point-to-point” or “multidrop” operation. external clocks are not used and the sending and receiving DTEs need not be set to the same data rate. However.3. 4-11 . In the multidrop mode. Flow control is provided in case the DTE rate exceeds the over-the-air rate. the source of the transmit clock can be set by the user.3. the character length. With the exception of the remote port interface parameters. and number of stop bits must be identical between the transmitting and receiving DTEs and RF-5710A Modems. The CTS signal is dropped when the RF-5710A Modem can no longer accept data from the DTE and it is reasserted when the RF-5710A Modem is ready to accept more data.

4-12 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION This page intentionally left blank.

scheduled care and inspection of equipment to prevent equipment failure and to reduce downtime. Use a soft brush. a moist sponge and a clean cloth to keep equipment clean. Table 5-1. Daily Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Check No. in order to avoid equipment failures. 5. 5-1 . Weekly Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Check No.1. Table 5-1 contains the checks and services that should be performed either on a daily basis when the equipment is in use or on a weekly basis when the equipment is in a standby condition. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE CHAPTER 5 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 5. Preventive maintenance is the systematic.1 INTRODUCTION This chapter provides information required to perform scheduled maintenance procedures on the RF-5710A Modem. Preventive maintenance consists of keeping the equipment clean. Therefore. preventive maintenance is of primary importance. Item to be Inspected Procedure 1 Cables and Connectors Visually inspect for corrosion or damage. Table 5-2 contains the checks and services that should be performed on a weekly basis. dry. and dust-free.1 Scheduled Maintenance Procedures The performance of the RF-5710A Modem is dependent on equipment that performs optimally. Table 5-2. Item to be Inspected Procedure 1 Operation Perform self-test.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE This page intentionally left blank. 5-2 .

1 INTRODUCTION 6. Troubleshooting Process Used in this Chapter 6-1 .2.5) (PARAGRAPH 6. The procedures presented in this chapter assume that the RF-5710A Modem is faulty. the troubleshooting index is to be used based on the functional area of the fault. If there is a BIT fault. 6.1. If the problem is found and corrected. START MAINTENANCE TURN-ON PROCEDURE (PARAGRAPH 6.4) YES PROBLEM NO CORRECTED RETURN UNIT TO UNIT BEYOND LEVEL III OPERATIONAL READINESS REPAIR 5710A-006 Figure 6-1.2. If the problem is not corrected using these procedures.2 Scope of this Chapter See Figure 6-1. If there is a non-Built-In Test (non-BIT) fault.1 General This chapter provides troubleshooting data necessary for fault isolation to the Shop Replaceable Unit (SRU) level.1. the unit is returned to operational readiness. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER 6 TROUBLESHOOTING 6. The maintenance turn-on procedure is used to find a fault indication with the unit. the maintainer will use the BIT troubleshooting procedure.2.3) NON-BIT BIT TROUBLESHOOTING TROUBLESHOOTING (PARAGRAPH 6. The unit is beyond Level III repair if the faulty circuit cannot be determined by either of these methods. the maintainer will use the non-BIT troubleshooting procedures.

The RF-5710A Modem self-test is the default choice and the word MODEM will be flashing in the display. Push the ENTER button. If the UUT does not pass BIT. The RF-5710A Modem will then return to the RF-5710A Modem self-test screen.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING 6. if RF-5710A Modem self-test is successful. the display will show the current waveform operating parameters. the message MODEM SELF TEST PASSED will display briefly. For more information on run-time (non-BIT) faults. The maintenance turn-on procedure references the non-BIT and BIT troubleshooting procedures.2. When this occurs.2. Push one of the SCROLL buttons. The keyword for the last field used will begin flashing.4 Non-BIT Fault Isolation Table 6-1 is a list of the non-BIT fault symptoms. If the RF-5710A Modem self-test is not successful.6 for more TAP information. testing the UUT after replacing each assembly. Refer to Paragraph 6. a fault message will display. Turn the power switch to the ON position: INITIALIZING: BITE IN PROGRESS will appear in the display.2. proceed to Paragraph 6. In these cases.2.2 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 6. Use the SCROLL buttons to select desired waveform operating mode.3.2. a fault message will be displayed on the front panel Liquid Crystal Display (LCD).4. Push the FIELD button until the waveform type is flashing in the upper left corner of the display.5. Push the ENTER button. Next to the symptom observed is a reference to the recommended action that should be taken. Refer to Paragraph 6. 6. After about ten seconds.4. push the FIELD button until the keyword TEST is flashing. Continue pushing the button until the word TEST appears in the flashing display. h.2.2 Run-Time Faults Run-time faults may occur during normal operation of the Unit Under Test (UUT). After several seconds.1 General Troubleshooting begins with performing the maintenance turn-on procedure. proceed to Paragraph 6. e. proceed to the specified TAP. c. If the UUT cannot run BIT. f. The RF-5710A Modem will change to display SELF TEST RUNNING on the second line. replace the assemblies one at a time in the order listed.2.3 Maintenance Turn-On Procedure Perform the following procedure to power up the RF-5710A Modem UUT and execute BIT: a. d. 6. To return to the operating mode.3.2. b. This indicates that the RF-5710A Modem is conducting a self-test with the Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) program. Table 7-1 references the assembly removal and replacement procedures. Push the ENTER button. refer to Paragraph 6.2. 6. 6-2 .2. run BIT according to the procedure in Paragraph 6. g. When the recommended action is to perform a Troubleshooting Analysis Procedure (TAP). When the recommended action is to remove and replace assemblies. Push the FIELD button once. with RUN SELF TEST on the second line.

Push the ENTER button. Repeat step f.1 Loopback Test A confidence check of the RF-5710A Modem and the Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) interface can be performed by the audio loopback test. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING 6. Push the ENTER button. f. e. The words Loopback off will stop flashing. 6-3 . Push the ENTER button. The words Loopback off will be flashing in the display. The RF-5710A Modem will display with the words Loopback off flashing in the display. Continue pushing the button until the word TEST appears in the flashing display. push either SCROLL button. push the FIELD button. The audio loopback test internally loops the RF-5710A Modem’s transmit analog signal to the receive input and disconnects both signals from the radio interface. To start audio loopback. the RF-5710A Modem is in Loopback mode. Refer to Table 6-1 if the loopback test does not function correctly. Push the ENTER button. The RF-5710A Modem self-test is the default choice and the word MODEM will be flashing in the display. Push either SCROLL button until the words Aud Loopbck and Intern Loopbck appear in the flashing display. The words Loopback on will flash in the display. c. Push the FIELD button until the keyword TEST is flashing. stop audio loopback by performing step g. g.4. Push either SCROLL button. The words Loopback off will be flashing in the display. h. i. Push either SCROLL button. To return to the operating mode. Perform the following procedure to use the audio loopback option: a. push the FIELD button. To resume audio loopback. Use the SCROLL buttons to select desired waveform operating mode. Push the ENTER button. b. To stop sending the test message.2. The words Loopback on will flash in the display. The words Loopback on will stop flashing. d. Push the FIELD button until the keyword for the waveform type (in the upper left corner of the display) is flashing. At this point.

• Confirm that RF-5710A Modem and DTE are both • RF-5710A Modem’s TX mode does not go active and RX configured correctly. all cables are connected. • If the above steps do not correct the problem.2.4. Proceed to TAP-1. • If the above steps do not correct the problem. Non-BIT Fault Symptoms Symptom Observed Action No display on front panel LCD. • Use an oscilloscope to confirm that the DTE is providing a transmit clock signal at J2 pin 24. One of the following messages displayed on RF-5710A Modem Perform the following procedure: LCD: • Cycle RF-5710A Modem • LOSS OF EXTERNAL DTE CLOCK power OFF then ON. remove and replace the DTE. Failed internal loopback test is identified by either of the • Cycle RF-5710A Modem following symptoms: power OFF then ON. and that mode also remains IDLE. and that all cables are connected. remove and replace A1 HF Modem Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly. RF-5710A Modem fails internal loopback test described in Paragraph Perform the following procedure: 6. • EXTERNAL DTE FAST CLOCK FAULT • Confirm that RF-5710A Modem and DTE are both • EXTERNAL DTE SLOW CLOCK FAULT configured correctly.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING Table 6-1. 6-4 .1. • If the frequency accuracy of the clock signal from the DTE is uncertain. remove and replace A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly. • RF-5710A Modem’s TX mode goes active (KEY) but the RX mode remains IDLE.

If the RF-5710A Modem displays a BIT fault on the LCD. the front panel will display the message: A FAULT OCCURRED:.4.2. When applicable. Remove and replace A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly. perform the following procedure: a. Refer to Paragraph 7. then attempt to resume normal operation. then A5 Front Panel Assembly is assumed good. A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly is the most likely cause of the fault. One of three options can be selected using the SCROLL and ENTER buttons: • RESET MODEM – Selecting this causes the RF-5710A Modem to reset and go through its power up sequence.5 BIT Fault Isolation BIT is executed from the front panel of the UUT. continue by performing the procedure itself. If a problem is located. NOTE A2 Power Supply Assembly and A3 AC Input Filter Assembly are assumed good if the RF-5710A Modem powers on. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING 6. If the initial checks do not solve the problem. Each TAP begins with a simple description of the fault or symptom.6 Troubleshooting Analysis Procedures (TAPs) TAPs are provided to help the maintainer isolate faults using procedures other than simple assembly swapping. These are checks that can be performed without the use of tools or test equipment.1. When a fault has occurred. • DISPLAY FAULT MESSAGE – Selecting this will display the fault message associated with the fault. Confirm that the RF-5710A Modem and all attached equipment is correctly configured. NOTE The Ignore Fault option is not recommended and should only be selected if the RF-5710A Modem is currently receiving data. Table 7-1 references the assembly removal and replacement procedures. Therefore.2. or from an optional terminal connected to the UUT. • IGNORE FAULT – Selecting this causes the RF-5710A Modem to return to its previous operating condition and attempt to resume normal operation. a fault code is displayed on the front panel LCD. 6-5 . begin by performing the listed initial checks. b. 6. If resetting the RF-5710A Modem does not correct the problem.

Check internal fuse. then test UUT by performing Maintenance Turn-on Procedure. Return UUT to Are the DC voltages on A2J2 correct? operational readiness. WARNING NOTE The following tests are performed with power ap- The remote terminal settings must match the plied to the UUT. Y N Using a DMM. remove and replace A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly.2. Return UUT to operational readiness. If fuse is good. If W1 is bad. Remove and replace A5 Front Panel Assembly.3. remove and replace A3 AC Input Filter Assembly. Maintenance Turn-On Procedure.2. Refer to Paragraph 6. remove and replace A2 Power Supply Assembly. Refer to Paragraph 6.3. Refer to Paragraph 6. check for +5 Vdc at A5P1 pin 25. Refer to Paragraph 6. then test UUT by performing Maintenance Turn-On Procedure. then test UUT DC voltages at A2 Power Supply Assembly. If fuse is good. er operation.2. replace fuse. For more information on remote port CAUTION configuration.2. Remove and replace A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly. Are the AC voltages on A5W1P1 correct? Y N Using a DMM.3. Is the voltage correct? When RF-5710A Modem power switch is in the ON position. If fuse is bad. the RF-5710A Modem Interconnect Schematic Refer to Paragraph 6. nothing is displayed on RF-5710A Modem front panel LCD. Are the AC voltages at A3 AC Input Filter Assembly output correct? Y N Check external fuse. then test UUT by performing power source. Figure 6-2. replace fuse. Failure to take proper ESD precautions may damage these as. INITIAL CHECKS remove and replace W1. If W1 is good.2. Using a Digital Multimeter (DMM). Voltages hazardous to human RF-5710A Modem’s remote port settings for prop- life are present during these procedures. J2 connector.3. Return UUT S Ensure that RF-5710A Modem is plugged into a good AC to operational readiness. Y N Perform a continuity check on W1 cable. A 6-6 . If fuse is bad. Return UUT to operational readiness. then test UUT by performing Maintenance Turn-On Procedure. for pinout and voltage information. Some of the RF-5710A Modem assemblies can be Is RF-5710A Modem text displayed on the terminal? damaged by static discharge.3. See by performing Maintenance Turn-On Procedure. Power the modem OFF then ON.2. Remove and replace A5 Front Panel Assembly. confirm that there are correct AC voltages at the output of A3 AC Input Filter Assembly. Diagram. PROCEDURE Connect a remote terminal to the RF-5710A Modem.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING TAP-1: NO DISPLAY ON FRONT PANEL A LCD Using a DMM. see Figure 3-32. Refer to Paragraph 6. Return UUT to operational readiness. Y N semblies. confirm that there are correct AC voltages at A5W1P1.3. confirm that there are correct Return UUT to operational readiness. then test UUT by performing Maintenance Turn-On Procedure.

2 Relay and Lamp Indexes Since there are no maintainer-replaceable relays or lamps in the RF-5710A Modem. see F1 and F2 on Figure 8-1.4.6.3 TROUBLESHOOTING SUPPORT DATA 6. 6. For fuse values. relay and lamp indexes are not provided.4 CHASSIS CONNECTOR PINOUT DATA For RF-5710A Modem rear panel connector pinouts. For fuse removal and replacement procedures.1 Protective Device Index For maintenance replaceable fuse locations. 6. 6-7 .3. refer to Table 8-3.8.7 and 2. refer to Paragraphs 7.4. refer to Paragraphs 2.5 and 7.3. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING 6.

RF-5710A Modem Interconnect Schematic Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) 6-8 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING J1 ETHERNET J13 J2 1 CHASSIS GND TO 2 TXD + A 3 RXD + SHEET 2 4 RTS + 5 CTS + 6 DSR + 7 SIG GND 8 CD + 9 RXC – J11 P1 10 CD – 11 N/C B 12 TXC – 13 CTS – TO SHEET 2 14 TXD – 15 TXC + 16 RXD – 17 RXC + 18 N/C 19 RTS – J10 P1 20 N/C 21 N/C A1 22 DSR – 23 N/C 24 EXTXCLK + 25 EXTXCLK – 12004–2000–01 J3 1 CHASSIS GND 2 TXD + 3 RXD + 4 5 6 7 SIG GND TO 8 C 9 SHEET 2 TO 10 11 REAR 12 PANEL 13 14 TXD – 15 16 RXD – 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 J4 1 RX AUD + 2 RX AUD – 3 XMT KEY B 4 TX AUD + 5 TX AUD – 6 XMT KEY B 7 RESERVED 8 XMT KEY 9 KEY RET J5 1 RX AUD + 2 RX AUD – 3 XMT KEY B 4 TX AUD + 5 TX AUD – 6 XMT KEY B 7 RESERVED 8 XMT KEY 9 RESERVED 5710A-200 Figure 6-2.

and 2-4 for each of the electrical modes supported. 5710A-201 Figure 6-2. RF-5710A Modem Interconnect Schematic Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) 6-9 . RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING WHT A2 BLK A B A5W2 C A DGND LCDBLT A5 FRONT PANEL C ASSEMBLY 12004–1200–01 NOTE The pin designations of connectors A1J2 and A1J3 depend upon the electrical mode of the interface. 2-3. The pins are defined in Tables 2-2.

6-10 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM TROUBLESHOOTING This page intentionally left blank.

4 F1 Internal Fuse 7. Master Tools and Materials List CAGE Item Description Part Number Code 1 Screwdriver. Table 7-1.4.3 A5 Front Panel Assembly 7.1. Paragraph 7. test equipment. 7. and materials required for the procedures in this chapter.6 Table 7-2. Paragraph 7.2 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly 7. 3/16-Inch ND106 55719 4 Crescent Wrench.4.5 F2 External Fuse 7.2.4. Slotted 1/8 x 3-Inch SDD304 55719 7.4. 7.1 General The RF-5710A Modem requires no Level III adjustments or alignments.1 Master Tools and Materials List Table 7-2 lists the tools.3 provides general removal and replacement guidelines. #2 cross-tip X102 96508 3 Nut Driver. 7-1 .4.4.1 A2 Power Supply Assembly 7.4 provides the procedures for removing and replacing the RF-5710A Modem SRUs and fuses.1 INTRODUCTION Paragraph 7. Adjustable AD6 55719 5 Screwdriver. provides the item number for the tools referenced in each removal and replacement procedure. Item. These SRUs and fuses are listed in Table 7-1 with a reference to the corresponding removal and replacement procedure paragraph.2 provides the alignment and adjustment procedures for the Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) in the RF-5710A Modem. SRU and Fuse Removal and Replacement Paragraph References Paragraph SRU Name Reference A1 HF Modem Printed Wiring Board (PWB) Assembly 7. #1 cross-tip X101 96508 2 Screwdriver.2 ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS 7.3 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT INFORMATION The following paragraphs contain the repair procedures which consist of removing and replacing all SRUs and fuses authorized for Level III maintenance. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE CHAPTER 7 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7. The first column.

Letter Code. Refer to Table 7-2.4 Repair Tips When an assembly or module is removed from the unit.3.3. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel. CAUTION Some of the assemblies in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. For more information.3 Attaching Hardware Table 8-6 lists the attaching hardware that is removed and replaced while performing the procedures in this chapter.3. 7. 7. 7. non-captive hardware should be stored at the time of disassembly. refer to the Safety Summary at the beginning of this manual. 7. See Figure 7-1 and refer to Table 7-2 while performing the procedures.5 Tools Use only the proper tools when performing maintenance tasks on the unit. 7-2 . CAUTION Failure to use the correct tool can damage hardware. 7. An incorrect size screwdriver or wrench can damage hardware. Failure to take the proper precautions may damage these assemblies.3.3. Reuse this hardware when installing the assembly or module into the unit.2 Level III Repair Repairs are made by removing and replacing the assemblies and fuses listed in Table 7-1. Column 1. provides the letter which is referenced on Figure 8-1.1 Safety Remove power from the RF-5710A Modem before starting any repairs. Use a ground strap and an Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) mat whenever removing or replacing these assemblies and modules.4 SRU AND FUSE REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES The following procedures contain information for the removal and replacement of SRUs and fuses in the RF-5710A Modem. the illustrated parts list and throughout the removal and replacement procedures.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit.

RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE A2J2 (TO W1P2) A ( 14 PLACES ) MP2 F1 A3 A2 AC INPUT POWER SUPPLY FILTER ASSY ASSY FUSE TRAY (P/O A3) F2 G (2 PLACES) MP5 B C (4 PLACES) (8 PLACES) A2J1 D (TO A5W1P1) E A2P1 (TO A3J1) A1 HF MODEM PWB ASSY A5S1 B (8 PLACES) A1J13 (TO W1P1) F (4 PLACES) A1J10 I (TO A5P2) (4 PLACES) A5 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY A1J11 A (TO A5W2P1) (3 PLACES) 5710B–007A Figure 7-1. RF-5710A Modem Master Connection and Hardware Locations 7-3 .

4.1 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Removal Perform the following procedure to remove A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly: NOTE Removing MP5 Power Supply cover makes removal of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly easier.4. CAUTION Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies. Remove MP2 Modem cover.4. CAUTION A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly can be damaged by static discharge.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover.1. Failure to take the proper precautions may damage this assembly. d. Refer to Paragraph 7. do not pull on the flex cable. CAUTION When performing the next step.2. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source. 7-4 . 7. c. Use connector tabs to disconnect A5P2 from A1J10 to prevent damage to the flex cable. b. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit. a.1 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly. but is not necessary. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel. Disconnect the AC power cord from the modem.

4. J3.1. Do not tighten. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the eight (8) screws (B) that secure A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the floor of the chassis. f. Carefully install the replacement A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly into the chassis.4. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit. Reconnect A5P2 to A1J10. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the eight (8) screws (B) that secure A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the floor of the chassis. Refer to Paragraph 7. b. Use an adjustable crescent wrench (Item 4) to remove the nut (D) and washer (E) that secure J1 of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the rear panel.4. g.2. and J5 of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the rear panel. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE e. Reinstall MP2 Modem cover. Use a 3/16-inch nut driver (Item 3) to tighten the eight (8) standoffs (C) that secure J2. c. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel. i. If MP5 Power Supply cover and two (2) screws (B) were removed. f. Use an adjustable crescent wrench (Item 4) to secure J1 of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the rear panel using the nut (D) and washer (E) removed in Paragraph 7. and A5W2P1 from A1J11. 7. W1P1 to A1J13. 7. J4. Start installing the eight (8) screws (B) that secure A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the floor of the chassis. and start the eight (8) standoffs (C) that secure the assembly to the rear panel. and J5 of A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly to the rear panel. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover.1. Reconnect AC power. j. W1P1 from A1J13.4. i.2 A2 Power Supply Assembly Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of A2 Power Supply Assembly. Use a 3/16-inch nut driver (Item 3) to remove the eight (8) standoffs (C) that secure J2. 7-5 . J3. and A5W2P1 to A1J11. reinstall them. d. e. Step g. g. J4. Remove A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly.1. h. Disconnect A5P2 from A1J10.2 A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace A1 HF Modem PWB Assembly: a. h.

W1P2 to A2J2. c. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the two screws (B) that secure A2 Power Supply Assembly to the floor of the chassis. Disconnect A5W1P1 from A2J1. Note the orientation of the A2 Power Supply Assembly in the chassis. b. Remove A2 Power Supply Assembly. g. e. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the two screws (B) that secure A2 Power Supply Assembly to the floor of the chassis. and A3J1 to A2P1. d. 7. and A3J1 from A2P1. b. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly. Remove MP2 Modem cover. CAUTION Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies.2 A2 Power Supply Assembly Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace A2 Power Supply Assembly: a.1 A2 Power Supply Assembly Removal Perform the following procedure to remove A2 Power Supply Assembly: a. W1P2 from A2J2. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly. 7.4.4. i. h. Remove MP5 Power Supply cover. j.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE CAUTION Some of the assemblies and modules in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. Reconnect A5W1P1 to A2J1. d.2. Install the replacement A2 Power Supply Assembly. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source. Disconnect the AC power cord from the RF-5710A Modem.2. 7-6 . Failure to take the proper precautions may damage these assemblies. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. f. c.

4. d. Disconnect A3J1 from A2P1. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source. f.1 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Removal Perform the following procedure to remove A3 AC Input Filter Assembly: a. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. g. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the two screws (G) that secure A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to RF-5710A Modem chassis. Disconnect the AC power cord from the RF-5710A Modem. Failure to take the proper precautions may damage these assemblies.4. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. g. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE e. Reinstall MP2 Modem cover. c. Remove MP2 Modem cover. 7. e. b. CAUTION Some of the assemblies and modules in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. 7. f. CAUTION Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel.3. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit. 7-7 . Reconnect AC power.3 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of A3 AC Input Filter Assembly.

d.4. Disconnect the P2 black wire and P3 white wire that connect the A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to switch A5S1. c. f. m.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE h. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the four (4) screws (F) that secure A5 Front Panel Assembly to the sides of the chassis. Reinstall A5 Front Panel Assembly. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly. Reconnect AC power.3. e. b. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the two screws (G) that secure A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to modem chassis. k. k.2 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace A3 AC Input Filter Assembly: a. 7-8 . j. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the three (3) screws (A) that secure the chassis bottom to A5 Front Panel Assembly. Connect the P2 black wire and P3 white wire that connect the A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to switch A5S1. Reinstall MP2 modem cover. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the three (3) screws (A) that secure the chassis bottom to A5 Front Panel Assembly. h. Connect A3J1 to A2P1. Pull A5 Front Panel Assembly away from the chassis and place face down on the bench. Install replacement A3 AC Input Filter Assembly through hole in RF-5710A Modem chassis. g. l. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 modem cover. i. i. Remove MP5 Power Supply cover. Remove A3 AC Input Filter Assembly from RF-5710A Modem chassis. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the four (4) screws (F)) that secure A5 Front Panel Assembly to the sides of the chassis. j. 7.

7-9 . Remove MP2 Modem cover. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source. a. c. CAUTION Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies.4. b. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover.4. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit. d. it is necessary to remove all rack mount hardware. 7. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel. CAUTION Some of the assemblies and modules in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge.1 A5 Front Panel Assembly Removal Perform the following procedure to remove A5 Front Panel Assembly: NOTE To remove the front panel. Failure to take the proper precautions may damage these assemblies. Disconnect the AC power cord from the RF-5710A Modem.4.4 A5 Front Panel Assembly Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of A5 Front Panel Assembly. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7.

Reinstall A5 Front Panel Assembly onto the chassis. b.4. e. Reconnect AC power. j. Disconnect A5W2P1 from A1J11. Reinstall MP2 Modem cover. g. k. Reconnect A5W1P1 to A2J1. Disconnect A5P2 from A1J10.2 A5 Front Panel Assembly Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace A5 Front Panel Assembly: a.4. h. Disconnect A5W1P1 from A2J1. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the four (4) screws (F) that secure A5 Front Panel Assembly to the sides of the chassis. d. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the three (3) screws (A) that secure the chassis bottom to A5 Front Panel Assembly. Reconnect A5W2P1 to A1J11. Connect the P2 black wire and P3 white wire that connect the A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to switch A5S1. 7-10 . j. 7. Pull A5 Front Panel Assembly away from the chassis and place face down on the bench. Disconnect the P2 black wire and P3 white wire that connect the A3 AC Input Filter Assembly to switch A5S1. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the three (3) screws (A) that secure the chassis bottom to A5 Front Panel Assembly. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the four (4) screws (F) that secure A5 Front Panel Assembly to the sides of the chassis. c. h. f. Use connector tabs to disconnect A5P2 from A1J10 to prevent damage to the flex cable. CAUTION Do not pull on the flex cable.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE e. i. Reconnect A5P2 to A1J10. i. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. g. f.

Remove the blown fuse (F1) located on A2 Power Supply Assembly next to A2J1 connector. b. WARNING Voltages hazardous to human life are present if power is not removed from the unit. CAUTION Safeguard cables from being pinched or damaged while removing and replacing assemblies. Remove MP5 Power Supply cover. Failure to remove power from the unit can cause injury or death to personnel. e. CAUTION Some of the assemblies and modules in the RF-5710A Modem can be damaged by static discharge. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source. Remove MP2 Modem cover. Disconnect the AC power cord from the RF-5710A Modem.5 F1 Internal Fuse Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of F1 internal fuse. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to remove the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply Cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly. f. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7.5.4. c.4. d.1 F1 Internal Fuse Removal Perform the following procedure to remove F1 internal fuse: a. Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to remove the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. Failure to take the proper precautions may damage these assemblies. g. 7-11 . 7.

6 F2 External Fuse Removal and Replacement The following paragraphs provide instructions for the removal and replacement of F2 external fuse. Use a #2 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 2) to tighten the two screws (B) that secure MP5 Power Supply cover to A2 Power Supply Assembly.4.2 F1 Internal Fuse Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace F1 internal fuse: a. b.4. c. d. 7. c.2 F2 External Fuse Replacement Perform the following procedure to replace F2 external fuse: a. Remove the blown fuse. The F2 external fuse is located inside A3 AC Input Filter Assembly and is rated at one-half the current-carrying capacity of the F1 internal fuse. Replace MP2 Modem cover.4. c. Reconnect AC power.6. Replace the blown fuse with an equivalent fuse provided in the ancillary kit or from supply spares. Disconnect the AC power cord from the RF-5710A Modem. Replace the blown fuse with the spare kept in the front receptacle of the fuse tray. b. d. Insert a slotted screwdriver (Item 5) into slot under fuse tray at the inside of AC receptacle to remove the fuse tray from A3 AC Input Filter Assembly (located on the rear panel).4. d.5. 7. Reconnect AC power. Replace MP5 Power Supply cover.1 F2 External Fuse Removal Perform the following procedure to remove F2 external fuse: a.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 7. e. b. Disconnect the AC power cord from the power source.6. 7-12 . Use a #1 cross-tip screwdriver (Item 1) to tighten the 14 screws (A) that secure MP2 Modem cover. Replace the fuse tray. 7. Replace the spare fuse with an equivalent fuse provided in the ancillary kit or from supply spares. f.

Miscellaneous Parts (MP).1 INTRODUCTION This chapter contains RF-5710A Modem parts list information.2 SHOP REPLACEABLE UNITS (SRUS) Table 8-1 lists the SRUs that make up the RF-5710A Modem. part numbers. The reference designators. and attaching hardware. List of RF-5710A Modem SRUs Part Figure Ref. This information can be used to identify parts within the RF-5710A Modem and to place orders for those parts. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM PARTS LIST CHAPTER 8 PARTS LIST 8.3 – Parts Lists 8. and figure number cross-references are provided. Item Name Number Number A1 HF Modem Printed Wiring Board (PWB) 12004-2000-01 7-1 Assembly A2 Power Supply Assembly 10447-1050-001 7-1 A3 AC Input Filter Assembly 10447-1013-001 7-1 A5 Front Panel Assembly 12004-1200-01 7-1 8-1 . Figure 8-1 shows the locations of the SRUs. Des. This chapter is organized as follows: • Paragraph 8.2 – Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) • Paragraph 8. Table 8-1.

RF-5710A Modem Illustrated Parts List 5710B–007A 8-2 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM PARTS LIST A2J2 (TO W1P2) A ( 14 PLACES ) MP2 F1 A3 A2 AC INPUT POWER SUPPLY FILTER ASSY ASSY FUSE TRAY (P/O A3) F2 G (2 PLACES) MP5 B C (4 PLACES) (8 PLACES) A2J1 D (TO A5W1P1) E A2P1 (TO A3J1) A1 HF MODEM PWB ASSY A5S1 B (8 PLACES) A1J13 (TO W1P1) F (4 PLACES) A1J10 I (TO A5P2) (4 PLACES) A5 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY A1J11 A (TO A5W2P1) (3 PLACES) Figure 8-1.

SLDR CUP 1 J55-0002-003 CONN D. Table 8-6 lists the RF-5710A Modem attaching hardware. 25-Pin 2 J55-0002-005 CONN D. SLDR CUP 1 J22-0057-103 D CONN. 25P. SHELL. 250V 1 J22-0057-101 D CONN. These are items that are called out in a Chapter 7 procedure. 6 FT 5 F08-0004-001 FUSE F2. 1A. RF-5710A Modem Ancillary Kit Parts List (12004-0021-01) Quantity Part Number Description 1 W-0023 LINE CORD. These miscellaneous items are also identified in Figure 7-1. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM PARTS LIST 8. 2A. 5X20 MM. 9S. RF-5710A Modem Rack Mount Kit Parts List (12004-0100-01) Quantity Part Number Description 4 H-6610 PANEL SCREW.250” DIAM. Table 8-2. 9-Pin 4 MP-4323 BUMPER BUTTON. 10–3 2 H34-0022-001 NUT RETAINER 1 12004-0101-01 ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 1 12004-0105-01 MODEM. Part Number Description A1 12004-2000-01 HF Modem PWB Assembly A2 10447-1050-001 Power Supply Assembly A3 10447-1013-001 AC Input Filter Assembly A4 N/A Reserved for future use A5 12004-1200-01 Front Panel Assembly Table 8-3. are removed and replaced during maintenance. GRAY (chassis feet for desktop use) 1 MS25281-R4 CLAMP CABLE 0. Table 8-3 is the parts list for the RF-5710A Modem ancillary kit. RF-5710A Modem Subassemblies Ref. and part numbers are provided. Table 8-4. Table 8-5 provides a list of miscellaneous parts for the RF-5710A Modem. Table 8-4 provides the rack mount kit parts list. SLDR CUP 1 J22-0058-101 D CONN. PSEUDO 2 12004-0115-01 SIDE BRACKET 8-3 . SHELL.3 PARTS LISTS Table 8-2 is the parts list for RF-5710A Modem subassemblies. These attaching hardware items are also identified in Figure 7-1. 250V Slow-Blow Fuse 5 F08-0002-002 FUSE F1. Reference designators and part numbers of the items are listed. SLDR CUP 1 J22-0058-103 D CONN. characteristics. Item names. Desig. or that can be damaged or lost. 25S. 9P. CER 5X20 MM.

RF-5710A Modem Miscellaneous Parts List Ref. Des. List of Attaching Hardware Letter Part Figure Item Name Code Number Number A Flat Head Screw 4-40 x 3/16 H99-0001-005 7-1 B Pan Head Screw 6-32 x 1/4 H21-0001-104 7-1 C Standoff 4-40 x 3/16 M24308/26-1 7-1 D Nut used on BNC Connector J90-0022-101 7-1 E Lockwasher used on BNC Connector J90-0022-201 7-1 F Flat Head Screw 6-32 x 3/8 H99-0001-020 7-1 G Flat Head Screw 4-40 x 5/16 H99-0001-006 7-1 8-4 . Item Name Part Number Figure Number MP2 Modem Cover 12004-1120-01 7-1 MP5 Power Supply Cover 12004-1115-01 7-1 MP7 ID Plate 12004-1151-03 7-1 Table 8-6.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM PARTS LIST Table 8-5.

600. 1200. 0.5 Hz/second Equalization: Data Directed Equalization (patented) Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals STANAG 4285 WAVEFORM MODE Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75. 600. 150. 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >6 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. 150. 2400. 300.2. or 9.24 seconds Modulation: M-ary PSK. 3600 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 rate (2/3 rate – 2400 bps) convolutional (coded mode) Interleaving Delay: 0 (uncoded). 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >6 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. 1.85. 2400 Uncoded mode: 4800 Modes: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 rate convolutional (except 4800 bps) Interleaving Delay: 0.6 seconds Modulation: M-ary PSK. 300. 1200. 2400 Uncoded mode: 1200. or 10. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS MIL-STD-188-110B SERIAL (SINGLE-TONE) WAVEFORM MODE Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75.5 Hz/second Equalization: Data Directed Equalization (patented) Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals A-1 .

5 Hz/second Equalization: Data Directed Equalization (patented) Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals STANAG 5066 Annex G WAVEFORM MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 3200. 0. 1200 Uncoded mode: 600. 600. 8000. 9600. 1800 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 rate (2/3 rate – 1200bps) convolutional (coded mode) Interleaving Delay: 0 (uncoded).48 seconds Modulation: M-ary PSK.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) STANAG 4529 WAVEFORM MODE Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75.800 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 3/4 rate convolutional Interleaving Delay: 0. 21.575. 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >5 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. 12. 150. or 20. 1200 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >10 milliseconds Bandwidth: 1240 Hz Center Frequency: Selectable between 800 Hz – 2400 Hz in 50 Hz increments Doppler Offset Capability: ±37. 1200.5 Modulation: QAM/PSK. 10. 4800.5 Hz/second Equalization: Data Directed Equalization (patented) A-2 .5 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. 6400.71. 300. 1.705.

8. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) MIL-STD-188-110B MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75. 4800.000. 300.72. 12.64.24. 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >5 milliseconds Bandwidth: 2 channels.28 Modulation: QAM/PSK. 4. .5 Hz/second (Doppler Fast) 1. 4. 3200. 12.32. 9600 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 3/4 rate convolutional Interleaving Delay: .16. 9600 Uncoded mode: 4800.800. 1200. each channel 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) (ISB or 2 SSB channels) A-3 . 8000.72.24. 2. 6400. 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >5 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3.28 Modulation: QAM/PSK. 150. 8.32.16. 2.0 Hz/second (Doppler Slow) Equalization: Data Directed Equalization Adaptive Filtering: Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to 4 interfering signals (75–2400 bps only) MIL-STD-188-110B-Appendix F MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 19. 2400. 16.64. 600. 17.200. 17. .800 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 and 3/4 rate convolutional Interleaving Delay: .

28 Modulation: QAM/PSK. 1200.800 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 3/4 rate convolutional Interleaving Delay: . 2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >5 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3.32. 8.64. 2.72 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. . 150. 4800.5 Hz/second STANAG 4539 Annex B Section 4 MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 3200.24.16. 8000.5 Hz/second (Doppler Fast) 1.0 Hz/second (Doppler Slow) Equalization: Data Directed Equalization A-4 . 9600 Uncoded mode: 12. 4.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) MIL-STD-188-110B-Appendix F MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) – Continued Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3.72. 17. 6400. 2400 Modes: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: Reed-Solomon Code Interleaving Delay: Up to 10 seconds Modulation: 4 – DPSK on each tone Multipath Tolerance: <4.0 Hz/second (Doppler Slow) Equalization: Data Directed Equalization MIL-STD-188-110B 39TONE WAVEFORM MODE Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75.5 Hz/second (Doppler Fast) 1. 600. 300.

2400 symbols/second Multipath Tolerance: >12 milliseconds Bandwidth: 3000 Hz (300 Hz – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) STANAG 4415 WAVEFORM MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 75 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 Rate Convolutional Interleaving Delay: 1.5 Hz/second Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals STANAG 4481-P WAVEFORM MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): Coded mode: 300 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 Rate Convolutional Interleaving Delay: 10.5 Hz/second Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals A-5 . or 9.2.24 seconds Modulation: M-ary PSK Multipath Tolerance: > 6 milliseconds Bandwidth: 300 Hz (300 – 3300 Hz) Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3.6 seconds Modulation: 4-ary Orthogonal Walsh modulation.

tunable in 5 Hz increments Doppler Offset Capability: ±75 Hz Doppler Tracking: 3.5 Hz/second Adaptive Filtering: Suppression of up to four interfering signals STANAG 5065 WAVEFORM MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): MSK: 300 FSK: 75 FEC Coding: Wagner code (MSK) Modulation: MSK. FSK Bandwidth: 360 Hz (MSK).24 seconds Modulation: M-ary PSK Multipath Tolerance: > 6 milliseconds Bandwidth: 300 Hz (300 – 3300 Hz) FSK Frequency: Center Frequency = 2000 Hz.5 Hz/second A-6 .RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) STANAG 4481-F WAVEFORM MODE (RF-5710A-MD001 only) Data Rates (bps): 75 Mode: Full or half-duplex FEC Coding: 1/2 Rate Convolutional Interleaving Delay: 10. ±425Hz Receive Tuning: Center Frequency ±200 Hz. 235 Hz (FSK) Center Frequency: 975 Hz Doppler Offset Capability: ±5 Hz Doppler Tracking: 0.

100.4. Shift = ±42. 100 150.8 kg) Shock: MIL-STD-810E. non-condensing ELECTRICAL Power Consumption: 12. +10 dBm to –40 dBm.5 Hz Data Rates (bps): Half and full duplex: 50 (async only).(1. 15 watts maximum Power Requirements: 85 Vac – 264 Vac.75 H x 8. Shipboard MIL-STD-810D. Range: 50 – 2999 Hz.45 H x 21. 300.27 W x 30. RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) FSK WAVEFORM MODES FSK Narrow Shift (FSKNS): Center frequency = 2805 Hz.4. Functional (40 G. 47 Hz – 440 Hz Receive Audio: Transformer coupled. tuneable in 5 Hz increments MECHANICAL Size: 1. 11 msec duration) Vibration: MIL-STD-810E. 75.5 watts typical. tuneable in 1 Hz increments Data Rates (bps): 50 (async only). +10 dBm to –35 dBm Transmit Audio: Transformer coupled. 150 FSK Variable (FSKV): Programmable mark/space frequency. Basic Transport ENVIRONMENTAL Storage Temperature: –40° C to +80° C Operating Temperature: 0° C to +50° C Humidity: 0% to 95%. Method 516.48 cm Weight: 4 lbs. 300. 100. 75 FSK Wide Shift (FSKWS): Center frequency = 2000 Hz. Method 514. 75. Category 9.0 D inches 4. 600 Receive Tuning: Center frequency ±200 Hz. 75. adjustable A-7 . Category 1. Shift = ±85 Hz Data Rates (bps): 50 (async only). Procedure I. 150. 600 FSK Alternate Wide Shift (FSKA): Center frequency = 2000 Hz. Shift = ±425 Hz Data Rates (bps): 50 (async only).38 W x 12.

6400. 9600. 16000. or recovered (transmit DATA) Data Rate (bps): 75. EIA RS-422 balanced. Closure to signal ground to key. 600. up to 45 V open circuit voltage magnitude. 115200 Data Rate (bps) RF-5710A-MD002: 1200. EIA RS-423 unbalanced. Contact closed to key. 4800. or 8 bits REMOTE CONTROL TERMINAL INTERFACE Asynchronous Serial Interface: EIA RS-232D. 2400. 2400. 150. 1200. 9600. 600. 12800. 2400. 75. 4800. even. EIA RS-422 balanced. Data Terminal Interface: EIA RS-232D. 300. 19200 Stop bits: 1 or 2 Parity: Odd. 8000. 100. 9600. 19200 38400. 7.RF-5710A HF/LF MODEM APPENDIX A SPECIFICATIONS – (Continued) Transmit Keyline: Open collector transistor driver. 1200. EIA RS-423 unbalanced. 150. 9600. EIA RS-485 multi-drop bus Protocol: ASCII character based with selectable protocols (Harris-defined protocol or STANAG 5066 Annex E protocol) Data Rate (bps) RF-5710A-MD001: 1200. or none Character Lengths: 7 or 8 bits A-8 . MIL-STD-188-114 unbalanced Selectable MIL-STD-188/RS-232 polarity SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACE Transmit Clock Source: Internal. 200 mA bidirectional current capability. open to unkey. even. 100. 300. or none Flow Control: Clear-To-Send (CTS) or XON/XOFF Character Lengths: 5. 3600. Secondary Transmit Keyline: Contact closure. 57600. 1800. 3200. 19200 ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL INTERFACE Data Rate (bps): 50. 2400. up to +45 Vdc open circuit voltage. 6. 4800. open to unkey. external. 50 mA sink capability. 19200 Stop Bits: 1 or 2 Parity: Odd. 4800.

MANUAL TITLE: MANUAL NUMBER: REVISION: COVER DATE: GENERAL EXCELLENT GOOD FAIR POOR TEXT [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] SETUP/ALIGNMENT INST. technical accuracy. figure or table number where applicable. You can assist in this process by completing and returning this form. Specify chapter. and organization. page. Attach examples or extra pages if more space is needed. Please specify section. CUT HERE LEAF-043A MAP . [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] TABLES [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] ILLUSTRATIONS [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] PARTS LISTS [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] CHAPTER EXCELLENT GOOD FAIR POOR INTRODUCTION/GENERAL INFORMATION [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] OPERATION [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] FUNCTIONAL DESC/THEORY OF OPERATION [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] TROUBLESHOOTING [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] DOCUMENTATION [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] INSTALLATION [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] ACCESSORIES [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] GENERAL COMMENTS: Please include your suggestions for improvements to the manual. figure number. [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] TROUBLESHOOTING INST. TECHNICAL PUBLICATION EVALUATION FORM To the User of this Instruction Manual: HARRIS Corporation. or table number as applicable. RF Communications Division continually evaluates its technical publications for completeness. paragraph. page number.

4033 ROCHESTER. N. NAME: DATE: CUT HERE COMPANY: ADDRESS: CITY: STATE: ZIP: COUNTRY: PHONE NUMBER (INCLUDE AREA CODE): NOTE U.S. PLEASE SEAL THIS FORM WITH TAPE. NEW YORK 14610-1887 ATTN: TECHNICAL SERVICES .Y. POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE HARRIS CORPORATION RF COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION 1680 UNIVERSITY AVENUE ROCHESTER. POSTAL REGULATIONS NO LONGER PERMIT THE USE OF STAPLES. MAKE FIRST FOLD HERE MAKE LAST FOLD HERE NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO.

RF Communications Division ½ 1680 University Ave ½ Rochester. NY USA 14610 Tel: 716-244-5830. Fax: 716-242-4755 www.harris.com .